aboutsummaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
authorChristian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com>2013-11-21 01:41:17 +0100
committerChristian Lohmaier <lohmaier+LibreOffice@googlemail.com>2013-11-21 04:04:22 +0100
commitc8c40371caa4507a490f8c5ab0961a35848d01c5 (patch)
tree2ebaf81d94ab9e0b855e4d7cb789d91cd68a14ea /source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
parent7c6025ab17562741ebfd8d8ae2a8c9207b3f000a (diff)
sync with po-templates for 4.2 libreoffice-4-2-branch-point
and force-fix errors using pocheck Change-Id: Ic842792d6ee5fe0fc5d1b41808671f8c3ae34dc6
Diffstat (limited to 'source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po')
-rw-r--r--source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po1144
1 files changed, 572 insertions, 572 deletions
diff --git a/source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po b/source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
index 5670a69f08d..78d991cfb4b 100644
--- a/source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
+++ b/source/km/helpcontent2/source/text/swriter/01.po
@@ -2,10 +2,10 @@
msgid ""
msgstr ""
"Project-Id-Version: 01\n"
-"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.freedesktop.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
-"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-06-13 17:25+0200\n"
-"PO-Revision-Date: 2012-01-13 04:43+0000\n"
-"Last-Translator: Sokhem <sokhem@open.org.kh>\n"
+"Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: https://bugs.libreoffice.org/enter_bug.cgi?product=LibreOffice&bug_status=UNCONFIRMED&component=UI\n"
+"POT-Creation-Date: 2013-11-20 13:02+0100\n"
+"PO-Revision-Date: 2013-10-30 09:04+0000\n"
+"Last-Translator: soksophea <sksophea@gmail.com>\n"
"Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros.info>\n"
"Language: km\n"
"MIME-Version: 1.0\n"
@@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgstr ""
"X-Generator: LibreOffice\n"
"X-Accelerator-Marker: ~\n"
"X-Language: km-KH\n"
-"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1326429829.0\n"
+"X-POOTLE-MTIME: 1383123871.0\n"
#: 01120000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -1972,7 +1972,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"63\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext\">Creates a new AutoText entry only from the text in the selection that you made in the current document. Graphics, tables and other objects are not included. You must first enter a name before you see this command.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autotext/newtext\">បង្កើត​ធាតុ​អត្ថបទ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ​ថ្មី​តែ​ចេញពី​អត្ថបទ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ជម្រើស​ដែល​អ្នក​បាន​ធ្វើ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ប៉ុណ្ណោះ។ ក្រាហ្វិក តារាង និង​វត្ថុ​ផ្សេងទៀត​មិន​ត្រូវ​បាន​រួម​បញ្ចូល​ទេ។ ជា​ដំបូង​អ្នក​ត្រូវតែ​បញ្ចូល​ឈ្មោះ ទើប​អ្នក​អាច​ឃើញ​ពាក្យ​បញ្ជា​នេះ។</ahelp>"
#: 02120000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -2688,8 +2688,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147409\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKNUMFORMAT\">ជ្រើស​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​សម្រាប់​មាតិកា​វាល ។ សម្រាប់ កាលបរិច្ឆេទ ពេលវេលា និង វាល​កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ អ្នក​ក៏​អាច​ចុច \"ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​បន្ថែម\" ក្នុង​បញ្ជី និង បន្ទាប់​​​មក​ជ្រើស​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ផ្សេង​គ្នា​មួយ ។</ahelp> ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ដែល​មាន គឺ​អាស្រ័យ​លើ​ប្រភេទ​វាល​ដែល​អ្នក​កំពុង​កែសម្រួល ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/numformat\">Select the format for the contents of the field. For date, time, and user-defined fields, you can also click \"Additional formats\" in the list, and then choose a different format.</ahelp> The formats that are available depend on the type of field that you are editing."
+msgstr ""
#: 02140000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -2957,7 +2957,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155341\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/lc06301.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">Icon</alt></image>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3155348\" src=\"res/lc06301.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3155348\">រូបតំណាង</alt></image>"
#: 02140000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -2992,7 +2992,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145117\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/lc06300.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">Icon</alt></image>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149575\" src=\"res/lc06300.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149575\">រូបតំណាង</alt></image>"
#: 02140000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3179,7 +3179,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150023\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/lc06301.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150030\">Icon</alt></image>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3150030\" src=\"res/lc06301.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3150030\">រូបតំណាង</alt></image>"
#: 02150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3214,7 +3214,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154029\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/lc06300.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154044\">Icon</alt></image>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154044\" src=\"res/lc06300.png\" width=\"0.2228in\" height=\"0.2228in\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154044\">រូបតំណាង</alt></image>"
#: 02150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3375,7 +3375,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf\">Changes the outline level of a table of contents entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf\">ប្ដូរ​កម្រិត​គ្រោង​តារាង​នៃ​ធាតុ​មាតិកា។</ahelp>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3411,7 +3411,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first\">Jumps to the first index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/first\">ទៅកាន់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដំបូង​នៃ​ប្រភេទ​ដូចគ្នា​នៅ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ។</ahelp>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3419,7 +3419,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147420\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">Icon</alt></image>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3149551\" src=\"sd/imagelst/nv03.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3149551\">រូបតំណាង</alt></image>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3446,7 +3446,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last\">Jumps to the last index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/last\">ទៅកាន់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ចុងក្រោយ​នៃ​ប្រភេទ​ដូចគ្នា​នៅ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ។</ahelp>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3454,7 +3454,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153298\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">Icon</alt></image>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3153309\" src=\"sd/imagelst/nv06.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3153309\">រូបតំណាង</alt></image>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3481,7 +3481,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous\">Jumps to the previous index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/previous\">ទៅកាន់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​មុន​នៃ​ប្រភេទ​ដូចគ្នា​នៅ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ។</ahelp>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3516,7 +3516,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next\">Jumps to the next index entry of the same type in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/next\">ទៅកាន់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​បន្ទាប់​នៃ​ប្រភេទ​ដូចគ្នា​នៅ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ។</ahelp>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -3524,7 +3524,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150677\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">Icon</alt></image>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<image id=\"img_id3154020\" src=\"sd/imagelst/nv05.png\" width=\"0.222inch\" height=\"0.222inch\"><alt id=\"alt_id3154020\">រូបតំណាង</alt></image>"
#: 02160000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -4071,7 +4071,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"15\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/stylelb\">Select the page style for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/stylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទំព័រ​សម្រាប់​ទំព័រ​ដែល​អនុវត្ត​តាម​ការ​បំបែក​ទំព័រ​ដោយ​ដៃ។</ahelp>"
#: 04010000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -4107,7 +4107,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumsb\">Enter the new page number for the page that follows the manual page break.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertbreak/pagenumsb\">បញ្ចូល​លេខ​ទំព័រ​ថ្មី​សម្រាប់​ទំព័រ​ដែល​​អនុវត្ត​តាម​ការ​បំបែក​ទំព័រ​ដោយ​ដៃ។</ahelp>"
#: 04010000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -4238,8 +4238,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145420\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:ED_RNAME\">វាយ​បញ្ចូល​ឈ្មោះ​មួយ សម្រាប់​ភាគ​ថ្មី ។</ahelp> តាម​លំនាំដើម $[officename] ផ្តល់​ឈ្មោះ \"ភាគ X\" ទៅ​ភាគ​ថ្មី​ដោយ​ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ ដែល X គឺ​ជា​លេខ​ត​គ្នា ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/sectionnames\">Type a name for the new section.</ahelp> By default, $[officename] automatically assigns the name \"Section X\" to new sections, where X is a consecutive number."
+msgstr ""
#: 04020100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -4265,8 +4265,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154472\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_INSERT_SECTION:CB_FILE\">បញ្ចូល​មាតិកា​នៃ​ឯកសារ ឬ​ភាគ​ផ្សេង​ទៀត ពី​ឯកសារ​ដទៃ​ទៀត​ក្នុង​ភាគ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sectionpage/link\">Inserts the contents of another document or section from another document in the current section.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04020100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -4584,8 +4584,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149824\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_BEFORE\">បញ្ជាក់​​ការ​ចូល​បន្ទាត់ ពី​មុខ​ភាគ​នៅ​រឹម​ទំព័រ​ខាង​ឆ្វេង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/before\">Specifies the indents before the section, at the left margin.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04020200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -4602,8 +4602,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3148970\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_SECTION_INDENTS_MF_AFTER\">បញ្ជាក់​​ការ​ចូល​បន្ទាត់ បន្ទាប់​ពី​ភាគ​នៅ​រឹម​ទំព័រ​ខាង​ស្តាំ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indentpage/after\">Specifies the indents after the section, at the right margin.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04020200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5071,7 +5071,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options\">Adds the chapter number to the caption label. To use this feature, you must first assign an <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">outline level</link> to a paragraph style, and then apply the style to the chapter headings in your document.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<variable id=\"optionentext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/insertcaption/options\">បន្ថែម​លេខ​ជំពូក​ទៅកាន់​ស្លាក​ចំណងជើង។ ដើម្បី​ប្រើ​លក្ខណៈ​នេះ ជាដំបូង​អ្នក​ត្រូវ​កំណត់ <link href=\"text/swriter/guide/chapter_numbering.xhp\" name=\"outline level\">កម្រិត​គ្រោង</link> ទៅកាន់​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ រួច​អនុវត្ត​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ចំពោះ​ក្បាល​ជំពូក​នៅ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​របស់​អ្នក។</ahelp></variable>"
#: 04060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5318,8 +5318,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147172\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_ENV\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​អាសយដ្ឋាន ប្រគល់​ឲ្យ និង ​ត្រឡប់ សម្រាប់​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​ ។ អ្នក​ក៏​អាច​បញ្ចូល​វាល​អាសយដ្ឋាន​ពី​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​មួយ ឧទាហរណ៍ ពី​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​អាសយដ្ឋាន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/EnvAddressPage\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery and return addresses for the envelope. You can also insert address fields from a database, for example from the Addresses database.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5336,8 +5336,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145415\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_ADDR\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​អាសយដ្ឋាន​បញ្ជូន ។</ahelp> អ្នក​ក៏​អាច​ចុច​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​នេះ និង ​ជ្រើស​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ តារាង និង​វាល​មួយ ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​ចុច​ប៊ូតុង​ព្រួញ ដើម្បី​បញ្ចូល​វាល​ក្នុង​អាសយដ្ឋាន ។ ប្រសិន​បើ​អ្នក​ចង់ អ្នក​អាច​អនុវត្ត​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ ដូច​ជា​ដិត និង​គូស​បន្ទាត់​ក្រោម​ទៅ​អត្ថបទ​អាសយដ្ឋាន ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/addredit\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the delivery address.</ahelp> You can also click in this box, and select a database, a table, and field, and then click the arrow button to insert the field in the address. If you want, you can apply formatting, such as bold and underline, to the address text."
+msgstr ""
#: 04070100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5354,8 +5354,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153527\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want."
-msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"SW:MULTILINEEDIT:TP_ENV_ENV:EDT_SEND\">រួម​បញ្ចូល​អាសយដ្ឋាន​ត្រឡប់​លើ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ ។ ជ្រើស​ប្រអប់​ធីក <emph>អ្នក​ផ្ញើ </emph>ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​បញ្ចូល​អាសយដ្ឋាន​ត្រឡប់ ។</ahelp> $[officename] បញ្ចូល​ទិន្នន័យ​អ្នក​ប្រើ​របស់​អ្នក ដោយ​ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>អ្នក​ប្រើ </emph>ប៉ុន្តែ​អ្នក​ក៏​អាច​បញ្ចូល​ទិន្នន័យ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បាន​ផង​ដែរ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/senderedit\">Includes a return address on the envelope. Select the <emph>Sender </emph>check box, and then enter the return address.</ahelp> $[officename] automatically inserts your user data in the <emph>Sender </emph>box, but you can also enter the data that you want."
+msgstr ""
#: 04070100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5372,8 +5372,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154480\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_DATABASE\" visibility=\"visible\">ជ្រើស​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ ដែល​មាន​ទិន្នន័យ​អាសយដ្ឋាន ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បញ្ចូល ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/database\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5390,8 +5390,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155898\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_ENV_ENV:LB_TABLE\" visibility=\"visible\">ជ្រើស​តារាង​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ ដែល​មាន​ទិន្នន័យ​អាសយដ្ឋាន ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បញ្ចូល ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/table\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database table containing the address data that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5408,8 +5408,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155180\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGEBUTTON:TP_ENV_ENV:BTN_INSERT\" visibility=\"visible\">ជ្រើស​វាល​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ ដែល​មាន​ទិន្នន័យ​អាសយដ្ឋាន ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បញ្ចូល ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​ចុច​ប៊ូតុង​ព្រួញ​ទៅ​ឆ្វេង ។ ទិន្នន័យ​ត្រូវ​បាន​បន្ថែម​ទៅ​ប្រអប់​អាសយដ្ឋាន ដែល​មាន​ទស្សន៍​ទ្រនិច ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envaddresspage/insert\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the database field containing the address data that you want to insert, and then click the left arrow button. The data is added to the address box containing the cursor.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5434,8 +5434,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149295\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_FMT\">បញ្ជាក់​​ប្លង់ និង វិមាត្រ​នៃ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/EnvFormatPage\">Specifies the layout and the dimension of the envelope.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5488,8 +5488,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3152957\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_LEFT\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែល​ត្រូវ​ទុក​​​ចន្លោះ​គែម​ខាង​ឆ្វេង​នៃ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ និង វាល​អ្នក​ទទួល ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftaddr\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5506,8 +5506,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155895\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_ADDR_TOP\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែល​​ត្រូវ​​ទុក​​​ចន្លោះ​គែម​ខាង​លើ នៃ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ និង វាល​អ្នក​ទទួល ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/rightaddr\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the addressee field.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5524,8 +5524,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154201\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_ADDR_EDIT\">ចុច និង​ ​ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​អត្ថបទ សម្រាប់​វាល​អ្នក​ទទួល​សំបុត្រ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​កែសម្រួល ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/addredit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the addressee field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5614,8 +5614,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3152776\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_LEFT\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែលត្រូវ​​ទុក​ចន្លោះ​គែម​ខាង​ឆ្វេង នៃ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ និង វាល​អ្នក​ផ្ញើ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/leftsender\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the left edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5632,8 +5632,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155149\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_FMT:FLD_SEND_TOP\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែល​ត្រូវ​ទុក​ទុក​ចន្លោះ​គែម​ខាង​លើ នៃ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ និង វាល​អ្នក​ផ្ញើ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/topsender\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the top edge of the envelope and the sender field.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5650,8 +5650,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156281\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:MENUBUTTON:TP_ENV_FMT:BTN_SEND_EDIT\">ចុច និង​​ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​អត្ថបទ សម្រាប់​វាល​អ្នក​ផ្ញើ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​កែសម្រួល ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/senderedit\">Click and choose the text formatting style for the sender field that you want to edit.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5722,8 +5722,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147422\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_ENV_FMT_BOX_SIZE_FORMAT\">ជ្រើស​ទំហំ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បាន ឬ​ជ្រើស \"កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ\" និង​បន្ទាប់​​មក​បញ្ចូល​ទទឹង និង​កម្ពស់​នៃ​ទំហំ​ផ្ទាល់​ខ្លួន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/format\">Select the envelope size that want, or select \"User Defined\", and then enter the width and the height of the custom size.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5740,8 +5740,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149551\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_WIDTH\" >បញ្ចូល​ទទឹង​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/width\">Enter the width of the envelope.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5758,8 +5758,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150561\n"
"41\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_ENV_FMT_FLD_SIZE_HEIGHT\">បញ្ចូល​កម្ពស់​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envformatpage/height\">Enter the height of the envelope.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5784,8 +5784,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153531\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_ENV_PRT\">កំណត់​ជម្រើស​បោះពុម្ព សម្រាប់​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/EnvPrinterPage\">Set the print options for the envelope.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5811,8 +5811,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154564\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_LEFT\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​ផ្ដេក​ពី​គែម​ឆ្វេង នៃ​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horileft\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5829,8 +5829,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149694\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_CNTR\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​ផ្ដេក​ពី​កណ្តាល នៃ​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horicenter\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5847,8 +5847,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3143273\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_HOR_RGHT\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​ផ្ដេក​ពី​គែម​ស្តាំ នៃ​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/horiright\">Feeds the envelope horizontally from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5865,8 +5865,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149823\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_LEFT\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​បញ្ឈរ​ពី​គែម​ឆ្វេង នៃ​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertleft\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the left edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5883,8 +5883,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3148968\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_CNTR\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​បញ្ឈរ​ពី​កណ្តាល នៃ​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertcenter\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the center of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5901,8 +5901,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149037\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"ITM_VER_RGHT\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​បញ្ឈរ​ពី​គែម​ស្តាំ នៃ​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/vertright\">Feeds the envelope vertically from the right edge of the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5919,8 +5919,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145763\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_TOP\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​ដោយ​ផ្ងារ​ផ្នែក​បោះពុម្ព ក្នុង​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/top\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face up in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5937,8 +5937,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149178\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_BOTTOM\">រុញ​ស្រោម​សំបុត្រ​ដោយ​ផ្កាប់​ផ្នែក​បោះពុម្ព ក្នុង​ថាស​ក្រដាស​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/bottom\">Feeds the envelope with the print side face down in the printer tray.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5955,8 +5955,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145784\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_RIGHT\">បញ្ចូល​ទំហំ ដើម្បី​រំកិល​​ផ្ទៃ​បោះពុម្ព​ទៅ​ខាង​ស្តាំ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/right\">Enter the amount to shift the print area to the right.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -5973,8 +5973,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151383\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_ENV_PRT:FLD_DOWN\">បញ្ចូល​ទំហំ ដើម្បី​រំកិល​​ផ្ទៃ​បោះពុម្ព​ទៅ​ក្រោម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/down\">Enter the amount to shift the print area down.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04070300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6009,8 +6009,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147418\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_ENV_PRT:BTN_PRTSETUP\">បើក​ប្រអប់​ការ​រៀបចំ​បោះពុម្ព ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​កំណត់ ការ​កំណត់​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បោះពុម្ព​បន្ថែម​ដូចជា ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ និង ទិស​ក្រដាស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/envprinterpage/setup\">Opens the Print Setup dialog where you can define additional printer settings, such as paper format and orientation.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6114,8 +6114,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153672\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKTYPE\">រាយ​ប្រភេទ​វាល​ដែល​មាន ។ ដើម្បី​បន្ថែម​វាល​មួយ​ទៅ​ឯកសារ​របស់​អ្នក ចុច​ប្រភេទ​វាល​មួយ ចុច​វាល​មួយ​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>ជ្រើស </emph>និង ​បន្ទាប់​មក​​ចុច <emph>បញ្ចូល</emph> ។</ahelp> វាល​ដូច​ខាង​ក្រោម​ដែល​អាច​មាន ៖"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/type\">Lists the available field types. To add a field to your document, click a field type, click a field in the <emph>Select </emph>list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp> The following fields are available:"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090001.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6277,7 +6277,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Inserts the filename, the path, or the filename without the file extension of the current template. You can also insert the names of the \"Category\" and the \"Style\" formats used in the current template."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "បញ្ចូល​ឈ្មោះ​ឯកសារ ផ្លូវ ឬ​ឈ្មោះ​ឯកសារ​ដោយ​គ្មាន​កន្ទុយ​ឯកសារ​របស់​ពុម្ព​បច្ចុប្បន្ន។ អ្នក​ក៏​អាច​បញ្ចូល​ផង​ដែរ​នូវ​ឈ្មោះ​របស់​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ \"ប្រភេទ\" និង \"រចនាប័ទ្ម\" ដែល​បាន​ប្រើ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ពុម្ព​បច្ចុប្បន្ន។"
#: 04090001.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6321,8 +6321,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150678\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">រាយ​វាល​ដែល​មាន សម្រាប់​ប្រភេទ​វាល​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>ប្រភេទ </emph> ។ ដើម្បី​បញ្ចូល​វាល​មួយ ចុច​វាល ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​​ចុច <emph>បញ្ចូល</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090001.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6438,8 +6438,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155312\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKVALUE\">បញ្ចូល​តម្លៃ​អុហ្វសិត​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​អនុវត្ត​ទៅ​វាល​លេខ​ទំព័រ ឧទាហរណ៍ \"+1\" ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/value\">Enter the offset value that you want to apply to a page number field, for example \"+1\".</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090001.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6465,8 +6465,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145613\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKFORMAT\">ចុច​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​អនុវត្ត​ទៅ​វាល​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ឬ​ចុច \"ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​បន្ថែម\" ដើម្បី​កំណត់​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ផ្ទាល់​ខ្លួន​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/format\">Click the format that you want to apply to the selected field, or click \"Additional formats\" to define a custom format.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090001.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6581,8 +6581,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154580\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKLEVEL\">ជ្រើស​កម្រិត​ក្បាល​ជំពូក ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​រួម​បញ្ចូល​ក្នុង​វាល​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/level\">Select the chapter heading level that you want to include in the selected field.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090001.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6599,8 +6599,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154899\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">បញ្ចូល​អុហ្វសិត ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​អនុវត្ត​ទៅ​វាល​កាល​បរិច្ឆេទ ឬ​ពេល​វេលា ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Enter the offset that you want to apply to a date or time field.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090001.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6617,8 +6617,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153049\n"
"48\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_FLD_DOK:ED_DOKDATEOFF\">បញ្ចូល​មាតិកា​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បន្ថែម​ទៅ​វាល​ដែល​កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/offset\">Enter the contents that you want to add to a user-defined field.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090002.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6864,8 +6864,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"04090002.xhp\n"
"par_id7374187\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">រាយ​វាល​ដែល​មាន​​សម្រាប់​ប្រភេទ​វាល​ដែលបាន​ជ្រើស​នៅ​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>ប្រភេទ</emph> ។ ដើម្បី​បញ្ចូល​វាល គឺ​ត្រូវ​ចុច​លើ​វាល ជ្រើស​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​នៅ​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី \"បញ្ចូល​សេចក្ដី​យោង​ទៅ\" ហើយ​ចុច <emph>បញ្ចូល</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, select a format in the \"Insert reference to\" list, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090002.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -6898,8 +6898,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3148786\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_REF:LB_REFFORMAT\">ជ្រើស​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ សម្រាប់​វាល​សេចក្តី​យោង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp> មាន​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ដូច​ខាង​ក្រោម ៖"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/format\">Select the format that you want to use for the selected reference field.</ahelp> The following formats are available:"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090002.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7140,8 +7140,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156259\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_REF:ED_REFNAME\">វាយ​ឈ្មោះ​វាល​ដែល​កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្កើត ។</ahelp> ដើម្បី​កំណត់​គោលដៅ ចុច \"កំណត់​សេចក្តី​យោង\" ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>ប្រភេទ</emph>, វាយ​ឈ្មោះ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​នេះ ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​ចុច <emph>បញ្ចូល</emph> ។ ដើម្បី​យោង​គោលដៅ​ថ្មី ចុច​ឈ្មោះ​គោលដៅ​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>ជម្រើស</emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldrefpage/name\">Type the name of the user-defined field that you want to create.</ahelp> To set a target, click \"Set Reference\" in the <emph>Type</emph> list, type a name in this box, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>. To reference the new target, click the target name in the <emph>Selection</emph> list."
+msgstr ""
#: 04090002.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7200,8 +7200,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150343\n"
"45\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCVALUE\" visibility=\"hidden\">កំណត់​ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រ​អនុគមន៍​បន្ថែម សម្រាប់​វាល ។ ប្រភេទ​ប៉ារ៉ាម៉ែត្រ ពឹងផ្អែក​លើ​ប្រភេទ​វាល ដែល​អ្នក​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/value\" visibility=\"hidden\">Sets additional function parameters for fields. The type of parameter depends on the field type that you select.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7414,8 +7414,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3143281\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBCONDITION\">សម្រាប់​វាល​ដែល​បាន​តភ្ជាប់​ទៅ <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">លក្ខខណ្ឌ</link>មួយ បញ្ចូល​លក្ខណៈ​វិនិច្ឆ័យ​នៅ​ទី​នេះ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/condition\">For fields linked to a <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04090200.xhp\" name=\"condition\">condition</link>, enter the criteria here.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7432,8 +7432,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154830\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_FUNCCOND2\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ​ដើម្បី​បង្ហាញ នៅ​ពេល​​ដែល​ជួប​លក្ខខណ្ឌ​ ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>នោះ </emph>និង អត្ថបទ​ដែល​បង្ហាញ​នៅ​ពេល​លក្ខខណ្ឌ​មិន​ត្រូវ​បាន​ជួបប្រទះ ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>បើ​ពុំ​នោះ​សោត </emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/cond2\">Enter the text to display when the condition is met in the <emph>Then </emph>box, and the text to display when the condition is not met in the <emph>Else </emph>box.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7603,8 +7603,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155912\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_BT_FUNCMACRO\">បើក <emph>កម្មវិធី​ជ្រើស​ម៉ាក្រូ</emph> ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​ជ្រើស​ម៉ាក្រូ ដែល​នឹង​រត់​នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​ចុច​វាល​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។</ahelp> ប៊ូតុង​នេះ​មាន​សម្រាប់​តែ​វាល​អនុគមន៍ \"ប្រតិបត្តិ​ម៉ាក្រួ\" ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/macro\">Opens the <emph>Macro Selector</emph>, where you can choose the macro that will run when you click the selected field in the document.</ahelp> This button is only available for the \"Execute macro\" function field."
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7630,8 +7630,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150688\n"
"51\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">Enter a new item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTITEM\">បញ្ចូល​ធាតុ​ថ្មី​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/item\">Enter a new item.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7648,8 +7648,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147473\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTADD\">បន្ថែម <emph>ធាតុ</emph> ទៅ​បញ្ជី ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/add\">Adds the <emph>Item</emph> to the list.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7666,8 +7666,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147618\n"
"55\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_FUNC_LB_LISTITEMS\">រាយ​ធាតុ ។ ធាតុ​ដែលខ្ពស់​ជាង​គេ ត្រូវ​បាន​បង្ហាញ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listitems\">Lists the items. The topmost item is shown in the document.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7684,8 +7684,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149558\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTREMOVE\">យក​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ចេញ​ពី​បញ្ជី ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/remove\">Removes the selected item from the list.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7702,8 +7702,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155970\n"
"59\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTUP\">ផ្លាស់ទី​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ឡើង​លើ​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/up\">Moves the selected item up in the list.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7720,8 +7720,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156221\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_PUSHBUTTON_TP_FLD_FUNC_PB_LISTDOWN\">ផ្លាស់ទី​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ចុះ​ក្រោម​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/down\">Moves the selected item down in the list.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -7738,8 +7738,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147733\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_FUNC_ED_LISTNAME\">បញ្ចូល​ឈ្មោះ​ផ្សេង​ៗ​គ្នា សម្រាប់ <emph>បញ្ជី​បញ្ចូល</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldfuncpage/listname\">Enter a unique name for the <emph>Input list</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090003.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8085,8 +8085,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150767\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FLD_DOKINF:CB_DOKINFFIXEDCONTENT\">បញ្ចូល​វាល​ជា​មាតិកា​ឋិតិវន្ត ដូច្នេះ​វាល​មិន​អាច​ត្រូវ​បាន​ធ្វើ​បច្ចុប្បន្នភាព ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocinfopage/fixed\">Inserts the field as static content, that is, the field cannot be updated.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090004.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8385,8 +8385,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155860\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARFORMAT\">ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ</emph> កំណត់​ប្រសិន​បើ​តម្លៃ​ត្រូវ​បាន​បញ្ចូល​ជា​អត្ថបទ ឬ​ចំនួន​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/format\">In the <emph>Format</emph> list, define if the value is inserted as text or a number.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090005.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8401,8 +8401,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"04090005.xhp\n"
"par_id7453535\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DOK:LB_DOKSELECTION\">រាយ​វាល​ដែល​មាន សម្រាប់​ប្រភេទ​វាល​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>ប្រភេទ </emph> ។ ដើម្បី​បញ្ចូល​វាល​មួយ ចុច​វាល ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​​ចុច <emph>បញ្ចូល</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddocumentpage/select\">Lists the available fields for the field type selected in the <emph>Type </emph>list. To insert a field, click the field, and then click <emph>Insert</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090005.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8463,8 +8463,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156233\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_CB_VARINVISIBLE\">លាក់​មាតិកា​វាល​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។</ahelp> វាល​ត្រូវ​បាន​បញ្ចូល​ជា​សញ្ញា​ពណ៌​ប្រផេះ​ស្តើង​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។ ជម្រើស​នេះ​មានសម្រាប់​តែ​ប្រភេទ​វាល \"កំណត់​អថេរ\" និង \"វាល​អ្នក​ប្រើ\" ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/invisible\">Hides the field contents in the document.</ahelp> The field is inserted as a thin gray mark in the document. This option is only available for the \"Set Variable\" and \"User Field\" field types."
+msgstr ""
#: 04090005.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8499,8 +8499,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149836\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FLD_VAR_LB_VARCHAPTERLEVEL\">ជ្រើស​កម្រិត​ក្បាល ឬ​ជំពូក ដែល​លេខរៀង​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​ត្រូវ​ចាប់ផ្តើម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/level\">Choose the heading or chapter level at which to restart numbering in the document.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090005.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8517,8 +8517,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3148846\n"
"44\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_FLD_VAR_ED_VARSEPARATOR\">វាយ​តួ​អក្សរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​ជា​អ្នក​ខណ្ឌ​ចែក​រវាង​កម្រិត​ក្បាល ឬ​ជំពូក ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/separator\">Type the character that you want to use as a separator between the heading or chapter levels.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090005.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8535,8 +8535,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155562\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_APPLY\">បន្ថែម​វាល​កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ​ទៅ​បញ្ជី <emph>ជម្រើស</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/apply\">Adds the user-defined field to the <emph>Selection</emph> list.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090005.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8553,8 +8553,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154769\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FLDVAR_DELETE\">យក​វាល​ដែល​កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ ចេញ​ពី​បញ្ជី​ជម្រើស ។ អ្នក​អាច​យក​ចេញ​តែ​វាល​ដែល​មិន​ត្រូវ​បាន​ប្រើ ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។</ahelp> ដើម្បី​យក​វាល​ដែល​ត្រូវ​បាន​ប្រើ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ចេញ​ពី​បញ្ជី ដំបូង​លុបវត្ថុ​​ទាំងអស់​នៃ​វាល​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​យក​វា​ចេញ​ពី​បញ្ជី ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/fldvarpage/delete\">Removes the user-defined field from the selection list. You can only remove fields that are not used in the current document.</ahelp> To remove a field that is used in the current document from the list, first delete all instances of the field in the document, and then remove it from the list."
+msgstr ""
#: 04090005.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8748,8 +8748,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145268\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DB_SELECTION_TLB\">ជ្រើស​តារាង​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ ឬ​សំណួរ​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ឲ្យ​វាល​យោង​ទៅ​កាន់ ។</ahelp> អ្នក​អាច​រួម​បញ្ចូល​វាល​ពី​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ ឬ​សំណួរ​ច្រើន​ជាង​មួយ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​មួយ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/select\">Select the database table or the database query that you want the field to refer to.</ahelp> You can include fields from more than one database or query in a document."
+msgstr ""
#: 04090006.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8783,8 +8783,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149836\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FLD_DB:ED_DBSETNUMBER\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​កំណត់​ត្រា​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បញ្ចូល នៅ​ពេល​លក្ខខណ្ឌ​ដែល​អ្នក​បញ្ជាក់ត្រូវ​បាន​ជួប ។</ahelp> ចំនួន​កំណត់​ត្រា​ត្រូវ​គ្នា​ទៅ​នឹង​ជម្រើស​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ក្នុង​ទិដ្ឋភាព​ប្រភព​ទិន្នន័យ ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ ប្រសិន​បើ​អ្នក​ជ្រើស​កំណត់​ត្រា៥ ចុង​ក្រោយ​ក្នុង​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​ដែល​មាន១០ កំណត់​ត្រា នោះ​លេខ​កំណត់​ត្រា​ទី​មួយ​នឹង​ជា១ មិន​មែន៦ ទេ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/recnumber\">Enter the number of the record that you want to insert when the condition that you specify is met.</ahelp> The record number corresponds to the current selection in the data source view. For example, if you select the last 5 records in a database containing 10 records, the number of the first record will be 1, and not 6."
+msgstr ""
#: 04090006.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8828,8 +8828,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150922\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBOWNFORMAT\">ប្រើ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ដែល​បាន​កំណត់ នៅ​ក្នុង​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/fromdatabasecb\">Uses the format defined in the selected database.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090006.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8844,8 +8844,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"04090006.xhp\n"
"par_idN10772\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"878711313\">បើក​ប្រអប់​បើក​ឯកសារ ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​ជ្រើស​ឯកសារ​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​មួយ (*.odb) ។ ឯកសារ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ត្រូវ​បាន​បន្ថែម​ទៅ​បញ្ជី ជម្រើស​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/browse\">Opens a file open dialog where you can select a database file (*.odb). The selected file is added to the Databases Selection list.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090006.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8862,8 +8862,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154333\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_FLD_DB:RB_DBFORMAT\">អនុវត្ត​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ដែល​អ្នក​ជ្រើស​ក្នុង <emph>បញ្ជី​នៃ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/userdefinedcb\">Applies the format that you select in the <emph>List of user-defined formats</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090006.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -8880,8 +8880,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150093\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FLD_DB:LB_DBFORMAT\">រាយ ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​កំណត់​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ ដែល​មាន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/flddbpage/format\">Lists the available user-defined formats.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04090006.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -10651,7 +10651,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb\">Select the index that you want to add the entry to.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/typecb\">ជ្រើស​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បន្ថែម​ធាតុ​ទៅកាន់។</ahelp>"
#: 04120100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -10759,7 +10759,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf\">Entries using the paragraph format \"Heading X\" (X = 1-10) can be automatically added to the table of contents. The level of the entry in the index corresponds to the outline level of the heading style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/levelnf\">ធាតុ​ដែល​ប្រើ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​កថាខណ្ឌ \"ក្បាល X\" (X = 1-10) អាច​ត្រូវ​បន្ថែម​ដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ​ទៅកាន់​តារាង​មាតិកា។ កម្រិត​ធាតុ​នៅ​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម​គឺ​ត្រូវ​ទៅ​នឹង​កម្រិត​គ្រោង​នៃ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ក្បាល។</ahelp>"
#: 04120100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -10840,7 +10840,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert\">Marks an index entry in your text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/insert\">សញ្ញា​សម្គាល់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​នៅ​ក្នុង​អត្ថបទ​របស់​អ្នក។</ahelp>"
#: 04120100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -10858,7 +10858,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/indexentry/close\">បិទ​ប្រអប់។</ahelp>"
#: 04120100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11017,8 +11017,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151180\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_LEVEL\">ជ្រើស​កម្រិត​លិបិក្រម ដែល​អ្នក​ប្តូរ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​នៃ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/levels\">Select the index level that you change the formatting of.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120201.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11035,8 +11035,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149290\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_STYLES:LB_PARALAY\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​អនុវត្ត​ទៅ​កម្រិត​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស និង ​​បន្ទាប់​​មក​ចុច​ប៊ូតុង ផ្តល់​តម្លៃ (<emph><) </emph>។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/styles\">Select the paragraph style that you want to apply to the selected index level, and then click the Assign (<emph><) </emph>button.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120201.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11045,7 +11045,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"32\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
#: 04120201.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11053,8 +11053,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154099\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_TP_TOX_STYLES_BT_ASSIGN\">ធ្វើ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​កម្រិត​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ជាមួយ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/assign\">Formats the selected index level with the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120201.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11071,8 +11071,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153539\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_STD\">កំណត់​ឡើង​វិញ​នូវ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​នៃ​កម្រិត​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ជា​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ \"លំនាំដើម\" ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/default\">Resets the formatting of the selected level to the \"Default\" paragraph style.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120201.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11089,8 +11089,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153675\n"
"39\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_STYLES:BT_EDIT_STYLE\">បើក​ប្រអប់ <emph>រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ</emph> ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​កែប្រែ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocstylespage/edit\">Opens the <emph>Paragraph Style</emph> dialog, where you can modify the selected paragraph style.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120210.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11267,8 +11267,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145418\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, you can then edit that index."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_TYPE\">ជ្រើស​ប្រភេទ​លិបិក្រម ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បញ្ចូល ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​មាន​លើ​ផ្ទាំង​នេះ អាស្រ័យ​លើ​ប្រភេទ​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​អ្នក​ជ្រើស ។ បើ​ទស្សន៍​ទ្រនិច​ស្ថិត​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម​មួយ នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​ជ្រើស <emph>បញ្ចូល - លិបិក្រម និង តារាង - លិបិក្រម និង តារាង</emph> នោះ​អ្នក​អាច​កែសម្រួល​លិបិក្រម​នោះ​បាន ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/type\">Select the type of index that you want to insert.</ahelp> The options available on this tab depend on the index type that you select. If the cursor is in an index when you choose the <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Indexes and Tables</emph>, you can then edit that index."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11285,8 +11285,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153532\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_TOX_SELECT:ED_TITLE\">បញ្ចូល​ចំណងជើង​មួយ សម្រាប់​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/title\">Enter a title for the selected index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11303,8 +11303,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153665\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled </emph>check box."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_READONLY\">ការពារ​មិន​ឲ្យ​ផ្លាស់​ប្តូរ​មាតិកា​របស់​លិបិក្រម​ ។</ahelp> ការ​ផ្លាស់​ប្តូរ​ដោយ​ដៃ​ដែល​អ្នក​បាន​ធ្វើ​ចំពោះ​លិបិក្រម​នឹង​ត្រូវ​បាត់បង់​​នៅ​ពេល​ដែល​លិបិក្រម​ត្រូវ​បាន​ធ្វើ​ឲ្យ​ស្រស់​ ។ បើ​សិន​អ្នក​ចង់​ឲ្យ​ទស្សន៍​ទ្រនិច​រមូរកាត់​ផ្ទៃ​ដែល​បាន​ការពារ​ ជ្រើស​ <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - ចំណូល​ចិត្ត</caseinline><defaultinline>​ឧបករណ៍​ - ជម្រើស</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - ជំនួយ​ទ្រង់​ទ្រាយ​</emph> បន្ទាប់​មក​ជ្រើស <emph>ទស្សន៍​ទ្រនិច​ក្នុង​ផ្ទៃ​ដែល​បាន​ការពារ​ - បើក </emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/readonly\">Prevents the contents of the index from being changed.</ahelp> Manual changes that you make to an index are lost when the index is refreshed. If you want the cursor to scroll through a protected area, choose <emph><switchinline select=\"sys\"><caseinline select=\"MAC\">%PRODUCTNAME - Preferences</caseinline><defaultinline>Tools - Options</defaultinline></switchinline> - %PRODUCTNAME Writer - Formatting Aids</emph>, and then select the <emph>Cursor in protected areas - Enabled </emph>check box."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11321,8 +11321,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149688\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_AREA\">ជ្រើស​ថា​តើ​បង្កើត​លិបិក្រម សម្រាប់​ឯកសារ ឬ​សម្រាប់​ជំពូក​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/scope\">Select whether to create the index for the document or for the current chapter.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11339,8 +11339,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3143270\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_TOX_SELECT:NF_LEVEL\">បញ្ចូល​លេខ​កម្រិត​ក្បាល ដើម្បី​រួមបញ្ចូល​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/level\">Enter the number of heading levels to include in the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11375,8 +11375,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151253\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMHEADINGS\">បង្កើត​លិបិក្រម​ដោយ​ប្រើ​កម្រិត​គ្រោង ដូច្នេះ​កថាខណ្ឌ​ដែល​បាន​ធ្វើ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ជាមួយ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ក្បាល ​ដែល​បាន​កំណត់​​ជា​មុន​មួយ​ក្នុង​ចំណោម​ទាំងអស់ (ក្បាល ១-១០) ត្រូវ​បាន​បន្ថែម​ទៅ​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromheadings\">Creates the index using outline levels, that is, paragraphs formatted with one of the predefined heading styles (Heading 1-10) are added to the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11401,8 +11401,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3152772\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_ADDSTYLES\">រួមបញ្ចូល​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ ដែល​អ្នក​បញ្ជាក់​​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>ផ្ដល់​តម្លៃ​រចនាប័ទ្ម</emph> ជា​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​មួយ ។ ដើម្បី​ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​រួមបញ្ចូល​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ចុច​ប៊ូតុង <emph>ផ្ដល់​តម្លៃ​រចនាប័ទ្ម (...)</emph> ដែល​ស្ថិត​នៅ​ខាង​ស្ដាំ​នៃ​ប្រអប់​នេះ ។</ahelp></variable>"
+msgid "<variable id=\"vorlg\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/addstylescb\">Includes the paragraph styles that you specify in the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog as index entries. To select the paragraph styles that you want to include in the index, click the <emph>Assign Styles (...</emph>) button to the right of this box.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11419,8 +11419,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145776\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:PB_ADDSTYLES\">បើក​ប្រអប់ <emph>ផ្ដល់​តម្លៃ​រចនាប័ទ្ម</emph> ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ ដើម្បី​រួមបញ្ចូល​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/styles\">Opens the <emph>Assign Styles</emph> dialog, where you can select the paragraph styles to include in the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120211.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11437,8 +11437,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155861\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_TOXMARKS\">រួម​បញ្ចូល​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​អ្នក​បាន​បញ្ចូល ដោយ​ជ្រើស <emph>បញ្ចូល - លិបិក្រម និង តារាង - ធាតុ</emph> ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/indexmarks\">Includes the index entries that you inserted by choosing <emph>Insert - Indexes and Tables - Entry</emph> in the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11490,8 +11490,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153810\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_COLLECTSAME\">ជំនួស​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​ដូច​គ្នា​​​ជាមួយ​ធាតុ​តែ​មួយ ដែល​រាយ​លេខ​ទំព័រ​ដែល​ធាតុ​កើត​មាន​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ ធាតុ \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០ ទិដ្ឋភាព៤៣\" ត្រូវ​បាន​ផ្សំ​ជា \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០៤៣\" ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/combinesame\">Replaces identical index entries with a single entry that lists the page numbers where the entry occurs in the document. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 43\" are combined as \"View 10, 43\".</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11508,8 +11508,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3083451\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USEFF\">ជំនួស​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​ដូច​គ្នា​ ដែល​កើត​មាន​លើ​ទំព័រ​ដូច​គ្នា ឬ​ទំព័រ​ត​គ្នា ជាមួយ​ធាតុ​តែ​មួយ​ដែល​រាយ​លេខ​ទំព័រ​ជាមួយ \"p\" ឬ \"pp\" ដែល​ធាតុ​កើត​មាន​ដំបូង ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ ធាតុ \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០ ទិដ្ឋភាព១១ ទិដ្ឋភាព១២\" ត្រូវ​បាន​ផ្សំ​ជា \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០pp\" និង \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០ ទិដ្ឋភាព១១\" ជា \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០p) ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/useff\">Replaces identical index entries, which occur also on the directly following page or pages, with a single entry that lists the first page number and a \"p\" or \"pp\". For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10pp\", and \"View 10, View 11\" as \"View 10p\".</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11526,8 +11526,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145825\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_USE_DASH\">ជំនួស​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​ដូច​គ្នា​​​ដែល​កើត​មាន​លើ​ទំព័រ​ត​គ្នា ជាមួយ​ធាតុ​តែ​មួយ និង ជួរ​ទំព័រ​ដែល​ធាតុ​កើត​មាន ។ ឧទាហរណ៍ ធាតុ \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០ ទិដ្ឋភាព១១ ទិដ្ឋភាព១២\" ត្រូវ​បាន​ផ្សំ​ជា \"ទិដ្ឋភាព១០-១២\" ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/usedash\">Replaces identical index entries that occur on consecutive pages with a single entry and the page range where the entry occurs. For example, the entries \"View 10, View 11, View 12\" are combined as \"View 10-12\".</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11544,8 +11544,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149880\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_CASESENSITIVE\">ធ្វើ​ឲ្យ​ឃើញ​ខុសគ្នា​រវាង​អក្សរធំ និង អក្សរតូច​ក្នុង​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដែល​ដូច​គ្នា ។ សម្រាប់​ភាសា​អាស៊ី ដំណោះស្រាយ​ពិសេស​នឹង​អនុវត្ត ។</ahelp> បើ​អ្នក​ចង់​ឲ្យ​ការ​កើត​មាន​ឡើង​ដំបូង​នៃ​ធាតុ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ កំណត់​លក្ខណៈ​របស់​ធាតុ ជ្រើស <emph>ផ្សំ​ធាតុ​ដូចគ្នា</emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/casesens\">Distinguishes between uppercase and lowercase letters in identical index entries. For Asian languages special handling applies.</ahelp> If you want the first occurrence of the entry in the document to determine the case of the entry, select <emph>Combine identical entries</emph>."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11570,8 +11570,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3148772\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_INITIALCAPS\">សរសេរ​អក្សរ​ទី​មួយ​នៃ​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ជា​អក្សរពុម្ព​ដោយ​ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/initcaps\">Automatically capitalizes the first letter of an index entry.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11588,8 +11588,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147170\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_KEYASENTRY\">បញ្ចូល​ពាក្យ​គន្លឹះ​លិបិក្រម​ជា​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដាច់​ដោយ​ឡែក ។</ahelp> ពាក្យ​គន្លឹះ​មួយ​ត្រូវ​បាន​បញ្ចូល​ជា​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​កម្រិត​កំពូល និង ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ផ្តល់​តម្លៃ​ទៅ​ពាក្យ​គន្លឹះ​ជា​​ធាតុ​រង​ដូចគ្នា ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keyasentry\">Inserts index keys as separate index entries.</ahelp> A key is inserted as a top level index entry and the entries that are assigned to the key as indented subentries."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11615,8 +11615,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156322\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_CB_FROMFILE\">សម្គាល់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ដោយ​ស្វ័យប្រវត្តិ ដោយ​ប្រើ​ឯកសារ​មាលីសព្ទ - ដែល​ជា​បញ្ជី​ពាក្យ ដែល​ត្រូវ​រួមបញ្ចូល​នៅ​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromfile\">Automatically marks index entries using a concordance file - a list of words to include in an index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11633,8 +11633,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149287\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_MENUBUTTON_TP_TOX_SELECT_MB_AUTOMARK\">ជ្រើស បង្កើត ឬ​កែសម្រួល​ឯកសារ​មាលីសព្ទ​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/file\">Select, create, or edit a concordance file.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11669,8 +11669,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154475\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_LANGUAGE\">ជ្រើស​ក្បួន​ភាសា​ដើម្បី​ប្រើ សម្រាប់​ការ​តម្រៀប​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/lang\">Select the language rules to use for sorting the index entries.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120212.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11687,8 +11687,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147530\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_TOX_SELECT_LB_SORTALG\">ជ្រើស​លេខ​នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​ចង់​តម្រៀប​លេខ​តាម​តម្លៃ ដូច​ជា​ក្នុង១,២,១២ ។ ជ្រើស​អក្សរ​ក្រម​លេខ នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​ចង់​តម្រៀប​លេខ​តាម​លេខ​តួ​អក្សរ ដូច​ជា​ក្នុង១,១២,២ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/keytype\">Select numeric when you want to sort numbers by value, such as in 1, 2, 12. Select alphanumeric, when you want to sort the numbers by character code, such as in 1, 12, 2.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120213.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11749,8 +11749,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153677\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMCAPTIONS\">បង្កើត​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ពី​ចំណងជើង​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp> ដើម្បី​បន្ថែម​ចំណងជើង​ទៅ​វត្ថុ​មួយ ជ្រើស​វត្ថុ និង​បន្ទាប់​​មក​ជ្រើស <emph>បញ្ចូល - ចំណងជើង</emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/captions\">Creates index entries from object captions.</ahelp> To add a caption to an object, select the object, and then choose <emph>Insert - Caption</emph>."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120213.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11767,8 +11767,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149687\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_CAPTIONSEQUENCE\">ជ្រើស​ប្រភេទ​ចំណងជើង​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ សម្រាប់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/category\">Select the caption category that you want to use for the index entries.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120213.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11785,8 +11785,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155186\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_DISPLAYTYPE\">ជ្រើស​ផ្នែក​ចំណង​ជើង ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp> តារាង​ខាង​ក្រោម​រាយ​ជម្រើស​ចំណង​ជើង​ ដែល​អាច​ត្រូវ​បាន​ជ្រើស ដោយ​ផ្អែក​លើ​អត្ថបទ​ចំណង​ជើង \"រូបភាព​លម្អ២៤ ៖ ព្រះ​អាទិត្យ\" ដែល \"រូបភាព​លម្អ២៤\" ត្រូវ​បាន​បង្កើត​ដោយ​ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ និង \"ព្រះ​អាទិត្យ\" ត្រូវ​បាន​បន្ថែម​ដោយ​អ្នក​ប្រើ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/display\">Select the part of the caption that you want to use for index entries.</ahelp> The following table lists the caption options that can be selected, based on the caption text \"Illustration 24: The Sun\", where \"Illustration 24\" was automatically generated, and \"The Sun\" was added by the user."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120213.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11884,8 +11884,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155863\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_SELECT:RB_FROMOBJECTNAMES\">បង្កើត​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​ពី​ឈ្មោះ​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp> ឧទាហរណ៍ អ្នក​អាច​មើល​ឈ្មោះ​វត្ថុ​ក្នុង​​កម្មវិធី​រុករក និង ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ​ពួកវា​ក្នុង​ម៉ឺនុយ​បរិបទ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objnames\">Creates index entries from object names.</ahelp> You can view object names in the Navigator, for example, and change them in the context menu."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120214.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11981,8 +11981,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154473\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMTABLES\">រួម​បញ្ចូល​តារាង ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromtables\">Includes tables in the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120215.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -11999,8 +11999,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153676\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMGRAPHICS\">រួម​បញ្ចូល​ក្រាហ្វិក​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromgraphics\">Includes graphics in the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120215.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12017,8 +12017,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154195\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMFRAMES\">រួម​បញ្ចូល​ស៊ុម​អត្ថបទ​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromframes\">Includes text frames in the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120215.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12035,8 +12035,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3143282\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_FROMOLE\">រួម​បញ្ចូល​វត្ថុ OLE ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/fromoles\">Includes OLE objects in the index.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120215.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12053,8 +12053,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151250\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_LEVELFROMCHAPTER\">ចូល​បន្ទាត់​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម​តារាង ក្រាហ្វិក ស៊ុម​អត្ថបទ និង វត្ថុ OLE ដោយ​ផ្អែក​ទៅ​តាម​ទីតាំង​របស់​ពួក​វា​ក្នុង​ឋានានុក្រម​ក្បាល​ជំពូក ។ </ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/uselevel\">Indents table, graphic, text frame, and OLE object index entries according their place in the chapter heading hierarchy.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120215.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12106,8 +12106,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153417\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_OLE_CHECKLB\">ជ្រើស​ប្រភេទ​វត្ថុ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​រួម​បញ្ចូល​ក្នុង​តារាង​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/objects\">Select the object types that you want to include in a table of objects.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120217.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12159,8 +12159,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154647\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:CB_SEQUENCE\">បង់​លេខ​រៀង​ធាតុ​គន្ថ​និទ្ទេស​ដោយ​ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ ។</ahelp> ដើម្បី​កំណត់​ជម្រើស​តម្រៀប​សម្រាប់​លេខ​រៀង ចុច​ផ្ទាំង <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">ធាតុ</link> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/numberentries\">Automatically numbers the bibliography entries.</ahelp> To set the sorting options for the numbering, click the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120227.xhp\" name=\"Entries\">Entries</link> tab."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120217.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12177,8 +12177,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149295\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_SELECT:LB_BRACKET\">ជ្រើស​តង្កៀប ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ព័ទ្ធ​ជុំ​វិញ​ធាតុ​គន្ថនិទ្ទេស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocindexpage/brackets\">Select the brackets that you want to enclose bibliography entries.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120219.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12203,8 +12203,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145828\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES\" visibility=\"visible\">បង្កើត​ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម ពី​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ​ជាក់លាក់ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/AssignStylesDialog\" visibility=\"visible\">Creates index entries from specific paragraph styles.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120219.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12248,8 +12248,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149289\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_LEFT\" visibility=\"visible\">ផ្លាស់ទី​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ឡើង​លើ​មួយ​កម្រិត ក្នុង​ឋានានុក្រម​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/left\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style up one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120219.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12266,8 +12266,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3157903\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_IMAGEBUTTON_DLG_ADD_IDX_STYLES_PB_RIGHT\" visibility=\"visible\">ផ្លាស់ទី​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ចុះ​ក្រោម​មួយ​កម្រិត ក្នុង​ឋានានុក្រម​លិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/assignstylesdialog/right\" visibility=\"visible\">Moves the selected paragraph style down one level in the index hierarchy.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120220.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12292,8 +12292,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154504\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link> tab.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"HID_TP_TOX_ENTRY\">បញ្ជាក់​​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​លិបិក្រម ឬ​ធាតុ​តារាង ។ រូបរាង​នៃ​ផ្ទាំង​នេះ​ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ​ដើម្បី​បង្ហាញ​ឲ្យ​ឃើញ​នូវ​ប្រភេទ​លិបិក្រម ដែល​អ្នក​បាន​ជ្រើស​លើ​ផ្ទាំង <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">លិបិក្រម​/​តារាង</link> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp visibility=\"visible\" hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/TocEntriesPage\">Specify the format of the index or table entries. The appearance of this tab changes to reflect the type of index that you selected on the <link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120210.xhp\" name=\"Index/Table\">Index/Table</link> tab.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120220.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12471,8 +12471,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154567\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRYNO\">បញ្ចូល​លេខ​ជំពូក ។ ដើម្បី​កំណត់​លេខ​រៀង​ជំពូក​ទៅ​រចនាប័ទ្មក្បាល​ ជ្រើស​<emph> ឧបករណ៍​ - លេខរៀង​គ្រោង​</emph>។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterno\">Inserts the chapter number. To assign chapter numbering to a heading style, choose<emph> Tools - Outline Numbering</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12489,8 +12489,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154199\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ENTRY\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ​ក្បាល​ជំពូក ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/entrytext\">Inserts the text of the chapter heading.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12507,8 +12507,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149490\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_TAB\">បញ្ចូល​ឈប់ថេប​មួយ ។ ដើម្បី​បន្ថែម​ចំណុច​នាំមុខ​ទៅ​ឈប់​ថេប ជ្រើស​តួអក្សរ​មួយ​ក្នុង <emph>ប្រអប់ តួអក្សរ​បំពេញ</emph> ។ ដើម្បី​ប្តូរ​ទីតាំង​ឈប់ថេប បញ្ចូល​តម្លៃ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>ទីតាំង​ឈប់​ថេប </emph>ឬ​ជ្រើស​ប្រអប់​ធីក <emph>តម្រឹម​ស្តាំ</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstop\">Inserts a tab stop. To add leader dots to the tab stop, select a character in the <emph>Fill character box</emph>. To change the position of the tab stop, enter a value in the <emph>Tab stop position </emph>box, or select the <emph>Align right </emph>check box.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12525,8 +12525,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3148981\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_PAGENO\">បញ្ចូល​លេខ​ទំព័រ​នៃ​ធាតុ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/pageno\">Inserts the page number of the entry.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12543,8 +12543,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153631\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_HYPERLINK\">បង្កើត​តំណ​ខ្ពស់​មួយ​សម្រាប់​ផ្នែក​នៃ​ធាតុ​បញ្ចូល ដែល​អ្នក​ព័ទ្ធ​ជុំវិញ​ដោយ​ការ​បើក (LS) និង បិទ​ស្លាក​តំណ​ខ្ពស់ (LE) ។ នៅ​លើ​បន្ទាត់ <emph>រចនាសម្ព័ន្ធ </emph> ចុច​នៅ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​ទទេ​នៅពីមុខ​ផ្នែក​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្កើត​តំណ​ខ្ពស់​ឲ្យ ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​ចុច​ប៊ូតុងនេះ ។ ចុច​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​ទទេ នៅបន្ទប់​ពី​ផ្នែក​ដែលអ្នក​ចង់​ត​តំណខ្ពស់​ ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​ចុច​ប៊ូតុង​នេះ​ម្ដងទៀត ។ រាល់​តំណខ្ពស់ទាំងអស់​ត្រូវតែមានតែ​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/hyperlink\">Creates a hyperlink for the part of the entry that you enclose by the opening (LS) and the closing (LE) hyperlink tags. On the <emph>Structure </emph>line, click in the empty box in front of the part that you want to create a hyperlink for, and then click this button. Click in the empty box after the part that you want to hyperlink, and then click this button again. All hyperlinks must be unique. Available only for a table of contents.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12561,8 +12561,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155137\n"
"37\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_ALL_LEVELS\">អនុវត្ត​ការ​កំណត់​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ ទៅ​កម្រិត​តារាង​មាតិកា​ទាំងអស់ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/all\">Applies the current settings without closing the dialog.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12579,8 +12579,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156277\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHARSTYLE\">បញ្ជាក់​​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ សម្រាប់​ផ្នែក​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​លើ <emph>បន្ទាត់​រចនា​សម្ព័ន្ធ</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/charstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the selected part on the <emph>Structure line</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12597,8 +12597,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151372\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_EDITSTYLE\">បើក​ប្រអប់​មួយ ដែល​អ្នក​អាច​កែសម្រួល​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តួអក្សរ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/edit\">Opens a dialog where you can edit the selected character style.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12615,8 +12615,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150112\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_FILLCHAR\">ជ្រើស​ចំណុច​នាំ​មុខ​ថេប ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/fillchar\">Select the tab leader that you want use.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12633,8 +12633,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150689\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_TOX_ENTRY:MF_TABPOS\">បញ្ចូល​ចម្ងាយ​ដែល​ត្រូវ​ទុក​​​ចន្លោះ​រឹម​ទំព័រ​ស្តាំ និង ចំណុច​ឈប់​ថេប ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/tabstoppos\">Enter the distance to leave between the left page margin and the tab stop.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12651,8 +12651,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147495\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_AUTORIGHT\">តម្រឹម​ចំណុច​ឈប់​ថេប​ទៅ​រឹម​ទំព័រ​ស្តាំ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alignright\">Aligns the tab stop to the right page margin.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120221.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12686,8 +12686,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150554\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_RELTOSTYLE\">កំណត់​ទីតាំង​ឈប់​ថេប​ទាក់ទង​ទៅ​នឹង​តម្លៃ \"ចូល​បន្ទាត់​ពី​ឆ្វេង\" ដែល​បាន​កំណត់​ក្នុង​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថា​ខណ្ឌ ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​លើ​ផ្ទាំង <emph>រចនាប័ទ្ម</emph> ។ បើ​ពុំ​នោះ​សោត ឈប់​ថេប​ត្រូវ​បាន​កំណត់​ទីតាំង​ទាក់ទង​ទៅ​នឹង​រឹម​ទំព័រ​អត្ថបទ​ខាង​ឆ្វេង ។ </ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/reltostyle\">Positions the tab stop relative to the \"indent from left\" value defined in the paragraph style selected on the <emph>Styles</emph> tab. Otherwise the tab stop is positioned relative to the left text margin.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120222.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12739,8 +12739,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154573\n"
"5\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_CHAPTERINFO\">បញ្ចូល​ព័ត៌មាន​ជំពូក ដូចជា​ក្បាល​ជំពូក និ​ងលេខ ។ ជ្រើស​ព័ត៌មាន​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្ហាញ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>ធាតុ​ជំពូក </emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterinfo\">Inserts chapter information, such as the chapter heading and number. Select the information that you want to display in the <emph>Chapter entry </emph>box.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120222.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12757,8 +12757,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155174\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_CHAPTERENTRY\">ជ្រើស​ព័ត៌មាន​ជំពូក​ដែលអ្នក​ចង់​រួម​បញ្ចូល​នៅ​ក្នុង​ធាតុលិបិក្រម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/chapterentry\">Select the chapter information that you want to include in the index entry.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120222.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12791,8 +12791,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149109\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_MAIN_ENTRY_STYLE\">បញ្ជាក់​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​សម្រាប់ធាតុ​មេ​នៅ​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម​អក្សរ​ក្រម ។ ដើម្បី​បម្លែង​ធាតុលិបិក្រម​ទៅជា​ធាតុ​មេ ចុច​ពី​មុខ​លិបិក្រម​នៅ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​ និង​បន្ទាប់​​មក​ជ្រើស​ <emph>កែសម្រួល - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>ធាតុ​លិបិក្រម</emph></link> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/mainstyle\">Specify the formatting style for the main entries in the alphabetical index. To convert an index entry into a main entry, click in front of the index field in the document and then choose <emph>Edit - </emph><link href=\"text/swriter/01/04120100.xhp\" name=\"Index Entry\"><emph>Index Entry</emph></link>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120222.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12809,8 +12809,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147100\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_ALPHADELIM\">ប្រើ​អក្សរ​ដំបូង​របស់​អក្សរក្រម​លេខ​បាន​រៀបចំ​​ធាតុលិបិក្រម​ជា​​ចំណង​ជើង​ផ្នែក ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/alphadelim\">Uses the initial letters of the alphabetically arranged index entries as section headings.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120222.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -12827,8 +12827,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153631\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:CB_COMMASEPARATED\">រៀបចំ​ធាតុលិបិក្រម​នៅ​លើ​បន្ទាត់តែ​មួយ បំបែកដោយ​សញ្ញា​ក្បៀស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/comasep\">Arranges the index entries on the same line, separated by commas.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120223.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13046,8 +13046,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151178\n"
"7\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHINSERT\">បន្ថែម​កូដ​សេចក្ដី​យោង​សម្រាប់​ធាតុ​គន្ថនិទ្ទេស​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ទៅ​បន្ទាត់​រចនា​សម្ព័ន្ធ ។ ជ្រើស​ធាតុ​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី ចុច​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​ទទេ និង​បន្ទាប់​ចុច​ប៊ូតុង​នេះ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/insert\">Adds the reference code for the selected bibliography entry to the Structure line. Select an entry in the list, click in an empty box, and then click this button.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120227.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13064,8 +13064,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149807\n"
"9\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:PB_AUTHREMOVE\">យក​កូដ​សេចក្តី​យោង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ចេញ​ពី​បន្ទាត់​រចនា​សម្ព័ន្ធ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/remove\">Removes the selected reference code from the Structure line.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120227.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13100,8 +13100,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151314\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_DOCPOS\">តម្រៀប​ធាតុ​គន្ថ​និទ្ទេស​ទៅ​តាម​ទីតាំង នៃ​សេចក្តី​យោង​របស់​ពួក​វា​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។</ahelp> ជ្រើស​ជម្រើស​នេះ ប្រសិន​បើ​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​ដោយ​ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ​នូវ​សេចក្តី​យោង​ដែល​មាន​លេខ​រៀង ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortpos\">Sorts the bibliography entries according to the position of their references in the document.</ahelp> Select this option if you want to use automatically numbered references."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120227.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13118,8 +13118,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149687\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:RADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTCONTENT\">តម្រៀប​ធាតុ​គន្ថនិទ្ទេស​តាម <emph>ពាក្យ​គន្លឹះ​តម្រៀប</emph> ដែល​អ្នក​បញ្ជាក់ ឧទាហរណ៍ តាម​អ្នក​និពន្ធ ឬ​តាម​ឆ្នាំ​បោះពុម្ព​ផ្សាយ ។ </ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/sortcontent\">Sorts the bibliography entries by the Sort keys that you specify, for example, by author or by year of publication.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120227.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13145,8 +13145,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149491\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_TOX_ENTRY:LB_THIRDKEY\">ជ្រើស​ធាតុ​ដែល​ត្រូវ​តម្រៀប​ធាតុ​គន្ថនិទ្ទេស ។ ជម្រើស​នេះ​មាន​តែ​ប្រសិន​បើ អ្នក​ជ្រើស​ប៊ូតុង​មូល <emph>មាតិកា</emph> ត្រង់ <emph>តម្រៀប​តាម</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/key3lb\">Select the entry by which to sort the bibliography entries. This option is only available if you select the <emph>Content</emph> radio button in the <emph>Sort by</emph> area.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120227.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13163,8 +13163,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147098\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTUP3\">តម្រៀប​ធាតុ​គន្ថ​និទ្ទេស តាម​លំដាប់​អក្សរ​ក្រម​ពី​តូច​ទៅ​ធំ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/up3cb\">Sorts the bibliography entries in ascending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120227.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13181,8 +13181,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149041\n"
"23\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_TOX_ENTRY:RB_SORTDOWN3\">តម្រៀប​ធាតុ​គន្ថ​និទ្ទេស តាម​លំដាប់​អក្សរ​ក្រម​ពី​ធំ​ទៅ​តូច ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tocentriespage/down\">Sorts the bibliography entries in a descending alphanumerical order.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 04120229.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13313,8 +13313,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151180\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DLG_CREATE_AUTOMARK\">បង្កើត ឬ​កែ​សម្រួល​បញ្ជី​ពាក្យ​ដើម្បី​រួម​បញ្ចូល​លិបិក្រម​អក្ខរក្រម ។</ahelp> ឯកសារ​ស្រប​គ្នា​រាយ​បញ្ជី​ពាក្យ ដែល​គួរ​តែ​ជា​សេចក្ដី​យោង​ក្នុង​លិបិក្រម​អក្ខរក្រម រួម​ជាមួយ​លេខ​ទំព័រ ដែល​ពួក​វា​លេចឡើង​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/createautomarkdialog/CreateAutomarkDialog\">Create or edit a list of words to include in an Alphabetical Index.</ahelp> A concordance file lists words that should be referenced in an alphabetical index, together with the page number(s) where they appear in the document."
+msgstr ""
#: 04120250.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13600,7 +13600,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography\">Inserts a reference from the bibliography database.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/frombibliography\">បញ្ចូល​សេចក្ដី​យោង​ពី​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​បញ្ជី​សៀវភៅ។</ahelp>"
#: 04120300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13645,7 +13645,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb\">Select the short name of the bibliography record that you want to insert.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/entrylb\">ជ្រើស​ឈ្មោះ​ខ្លី​របស់​កំណត់ត្រា​បញ្ជី​សៀវភៅ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បញ្ចូល។</ahelp>"
#: 04120300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13699,7 +13699,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close\">Closes the dialog.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/bibliographyentry/close\">បិទ​ប្រអប់។</ahelp>"
#: 04120300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -13973,7 +13973,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit\">Enter a name for the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/nameedit\">បញ្ចូល​ឈ្មោះ​តារាង។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14009,7 +14009,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin\">Enter the number of columns that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/colspin\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​ជួរឈរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បាន​នៅ​ក្នុង​តារាង។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14027,7 +14027,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin\">Enter the number of rows that you want in the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/rowspin\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​ជួរដេក​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់បាន​នៅ​ក្នុង​តារាង។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14063,7 +14063,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb\">Includes a heading row in the table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/headercb\">រួមបញ្ចូល​ក្បាល​ជួរឈរ​នៅ​ក្នុង​តារាង។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14081,7 +14081,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"44\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb\">Repeats the heading of the table at the top of subsequent page if the table spans more than one page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatcb\">ធ្វើ​ក្បាល​តារាង​ម្ដងទៀត​នៅ​លើ​ទំព័រ​បន្តបន្ទាប់ បើ​តារាង​មាន​ច្រើន​ជាង​មួយ​ទំព័រ។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14097,7 +14097,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10758\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin\">Select the number of rows that you want to use for the heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/repeatheaderspin\">ជ្រើស​ចំនួន​ជួរដេក​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​ក្បាល។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14115,7 +14115,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"45\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitc\">Prevents the table from spanning more than one page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/dontsplitc\">ការពារ​តារាង​កុំ​ឲ្យ​ពង្រីក​ច្រើនជាង​មួយ​ទំព័រ។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14133,7 +14133,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/bordercb\">Adds a border to the table cells.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/inserttable/bordercb\">បន្ថែម​ស៊ុម​ឲ្យ​ក្រឡា​តារាង។</ahelp>"
#: 04150000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14284,7 +14284,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb\">Lists the databases that are registered in <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/availablelb\">រាយ​មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​ដែល​អ្នក​បាន​ចុះឈ្មោះ​នៅ​ក្នុង <item type=\"productname\">%PRODUCTNAME</item> ។</ahelp>"
#: 04180400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14318,7 +14318,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define\">Replaces the current data source with the data source that you selected in the <emph>Available Databases </emph>list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/exchangedatabases/define\">ជំនួស​ប្រភព​ទិន្នន័យ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ដោយ​ប្រភព​ទិន្នន័យ​ដែល​អ្នក​បាន​ជ្រើស​នៅ​ក្នុង​បញ្ជី <emph>មូលដ្ឋាន​ទិន្នន័យ​ដែល​មាន </emph>។</ahelp>"
#: 04180400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -14792,7 +14792,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage\">Specify hyphenation and pagination options.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/textflowpage/TextFlowPage\">បញ្ជាក់​ជម្រើស​ការ​ដាក់​សហ​សញ្ញា និង​ការ​ដាក់​លេខ​ទំព័រ។</ahelp>"
#: 05030200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15140,8 +15140,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154763\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_DROPCAPS\">ធ្វើ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​អក្សរ​ដើម​កថាខណ្ឌ​ជា​អក្សរ​ពុម្ព​ធំ ដែល​អាច​មាន​វិសាលភាព​ច្រើន​បន្ទាត់ ។ កថាខណ្ឌ​គឺ​យ៉ាង​ហោចណាស់​ក៏ត្រូវ​តែ​មាន​វិសាលភាព​ច្រើន​បន្ទាត់​​តាម​ដែល​អ្នក​បញ្ជាក់​នៅ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​ បន្ទាត់ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/DropCapPage\">Formats the first letter of a paragraph with a large capital letter, that can span several lines. The paragraph must span at least as many lines as you specify in the Lines box.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05030400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15167,8 +15167,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150536\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_SWITCH\">អនុវត្ត​ការ​កំណត់​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ ទៅ​កថាខណ្ឌ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_SWITCH\">Applies the drop cap settings to the selected paragraph.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05030400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15185,8 +15185,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154554\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_CHECKBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_CB_WORD\">បង្ហាញ​អក្សរ​ទី​មួយ​នៃ​ពាក្យ​ទី​មួយ​ក្នុង​កថាខណ្ឌ ជា​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ ហើយ​អក្សរ​ដែល​នៅសល់​នៃ​ពាក្យ​ជា​ប្រភេទ​ធំ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/checkCB_WORD\">Displays the first letter of the first word in the paragraph as a drop cap, and the remaining letters of the word as large type.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05030400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15203,8 +15203,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149881\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DROPCAPS\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​តួអក្សរ ដើម្បី​បម្លែង​ជា​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ ។ </ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DROPCAPS\">Enter the number of characters to convert to drop caps. </ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05030400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15221,8 +15221,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3148391\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_NUMERICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_LINES\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​បន្ទាត់​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ឲ្យ​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ ពង្រីក​ទៅ​ក្រោម​ពី​បន្ទាត់​ទី​មួយ​នៃ​កថា​ខណ្ឌ ។ ការ​បង្រួញ​កឋាខណ្ឌ​នឹង​មិន​មាន​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ​ទេ ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​ត្រូវ​បាន​កំណត់​ពី២-៩ បន្ទាត់ ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_LINES\">Enter the number of lines that you want the drop cap to extend downward from the first line of the paragraph. Shorter paragraphs will not get drop caps.</ahelp> The selection is limited to 2-9 lines."
+msgstr ""
#: 05030400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15239,8 +15239,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153926\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_METRICFIELD_TP_DROPCAPS_FLD_DISTANCE\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែល​ត្រូវ​​ទុក​ចន្លោះ​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ និង អត្ថបទ​នៅ​សល់​ក្នុង​កថាខណ្ឌ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/spinFLD_DISTANCE\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the drop caps and the rest of the text in the paragraph.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05030400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15266,8 +15266,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147569\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_EDIT_TP_DROPCAPS_EDT_TEXT\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្ហាញ​ជា​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ ជំនួស​តួអក្សរ​ដំបូង​នៃ​កថាខណ្ឌ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/entryEDT_TEXT\">Enter the text that you want to display as drop caps instead of the first letters of the paragraph.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05030400.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -15284,8 +15284,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151181\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_DROPCAPS_BOX_TEMPLATE\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​អនុវត្ត​ទៅ​អក្សរ​ធំ​ដើម​អត្ថបទ ។</ahelp> ដើម្បី​ប្រើ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​នៃ​កថាខណ្ឌ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ជ្រើស [គ្មាន] ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/dropcapspage/comboBOX_TEMPLATE\">Select the formatting style that you want to apply to the drop caps.</ahelp> To use the formatting style of the current paragraph, select [None]."
+msgstr ""
#: 05030800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16210,8 +16210,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151309\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">បន្ថែម​លេខ​យោង​នៅ​ចុង​ភាគ ។ ប្រសិន​បើ​ភាគ​លាត​សន្ធឹង​លើ​ទំព័រ​ច្រើន​ជាង​មួយ​​ទំព័រ​ លេខ​យោង​ត្រូវ​បាន​បន្ថែម​ទៅ​បាត​នៃ​ទំព័រ ដែល​យុថ្កា​លេខ​យោង​លេចឡើង​​ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds footnotes at the end of the section. If the section spans more than one page, the footnotes are added to the bottom of the page on which the footnote anchors appear.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16228,8 +16228,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153677\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">ចាប់ផ្តើម​លេខ​រៀង​លេខ​យោង​ឡើង​វិញ នៅ​ត្រង់​លេខ​ដែល​អ្នក​បញ្ជាក់​​។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the footnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16246,8 +16246,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154196\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_FTN_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​លេខ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ផ្តល់​ទៅ​ឲ្យ​លេខ​យោង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the footnote.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16264,8 +16264,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3143283\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_FTN_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ជាក់​​​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​លេខ​រៀង​ផ្ទាល់​ខ្លួន​មួយ​ សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង ។</ahelp> ប្រអប់​ធីក​នេះ​អាច​ប្រើ​បាន តែ​ក្នុង​ករណី​ប្រអប់​ធីក <emph>ចាប់ផ្តើម​លេខ​រៀង​ឡើង​វិញ</emph> ត្រូវ​បាន​ជ្រើស ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for footnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16282,8 +16282,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149827\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្ហាញ​ពី​មុខ​លេខ​លេខ​យោង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the footnote number.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16300,8 +16300,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147092\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_FTN_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​លេខរៀង សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16318,8 +16318,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147221\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_FTN_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្ហាញ​បន្ទាប់​ពី​លេខ​លេខ​យោង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/ftnsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the footnote number.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16345,8 +16345,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147585\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_AT_TXTEND\" visibility=\"visible\">បន្ថែម​លេខ​យោង​ចុង នៅ​ចុង​ភាគ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntattextend\" visibility=\"visible\">Adds endnotes at the end of the section.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16363,8 +16363,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153345\n"
"25\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM\" visibility=\"visible\">ចាប់ផ្តើម​លេខ​រៀង​លេខ​យោង​ចុង​ឡើង​វិញ នៅ​ត្រង់​លេខ​ដែល​អ្នក​បញ្ជាក់​​។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnum\" visibility=\"visible\">Restarts the endnote numbering at the number that you specify.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16381,8 +16381,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156270\n"
"27\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:NUMERICFIELD:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:FLD_END_OFFSET\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​លេខ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ផ្តល់​តម្លៃ​​ឲ្យ​លេខ​​​យោង​ចុង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endoffset\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the number that you want to assign the endnote.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16399,8 +16399,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145776\n"
"29\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:CB_END_NUM_FMT\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ជាក់​​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​លេខ​រៀង​ផ្ទាល់​ខ្លួនមួយ​ សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង​ចុង ។</ahelp> ប្រអប់​ធីក​នេះ​អាច​ប្រើ​បាន តែ​ក្នុង​ករណី​ប្រអប់​ធីក <emph>ចាប់ផ្តើម​លេខ​រៀង​ឡើង​វិញ</emph> ត្រូវ​បាន​ជ្រើស ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endntnumfmt\" visibility=\"visible\">Specifies a custom numbering format for endnotes.</ahelp> This check box is only available if you the <emph>Restart numbering</emph> check box is selected."
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16417,8 +16417,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155921\n"
"31\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_PREFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្ហាញ​ពី​មុខ​លេខ​លេខ​យោង​ចុង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endprefix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display in front of the endnote number</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16435,8 +16435,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150123\n"
"33\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:LB_END_NUMVIEW\" visibility=\"visible\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​លេខ​រៀង សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endnumviewbox\" visibility=\"visible\">Select the numbering style for the endnotes.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16453,8 +16453,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147425\n"
"35\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_SECTION_FTNENDNOTES:ED_END_SUFFIX\" visibility=\"visible\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្ហាញ​បន្ទាប់​ពី​លេខ​លេខ​យោង​ចុង ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotesendnotestabpage/endsuffix\" visibility=\"visible\">Enter the text that you want to display after the endnote number.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05040800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16470,7 +16470,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"bm_id3150760\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<bookmark_value>text grid for Asian layout</bookmark_value><bookmark branch=\"hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/TextGridPage\" id=\"bm_id3145580\" localize=\"false\"/>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<bookmark_value>ក្រឡាចត្រង្គ​អត្ថបទ​សម្រាប់​ប្លង់​អាស៊ី</bookmark_value><bookmark branch=\"hid/modules/swriter/ui/textgridpage/TextGridPage\" id=\"bm_id3145580\" localize=\"false\"/>"
#: 05040800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16709,8 +16709,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150568\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_STD\">បញ្ជាក់​​ទំហំ និង ទីតាំង​នៃ​វត្ថុ ឬ​ស៊ុម​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​លើ​ទំព័រ​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/FrmTypePage\">Specifies the size and the position of the selected object or frame on a page.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16736,8 +16736,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151180\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_WIDTH\">បញ្ចូល​ទទឹង​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បាន សម្រាប់​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/width\">Enter the width that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16754,8 +16754,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145413\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_WIDTH\">គណនា​ទទឹង​នៃ​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ដោយ​គិត​តាម​ភាគរយ​នៃ​ទទឹង​តំបន់​អត្ថបទ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ទំព័រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relwidth\">Calculates the width of the selected object as a percentage of the width of the page text area.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16772,8 +16772,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154099\n"
"10\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_HEIGHT\">បញ្ចូល​កម្ពស់​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បាន សម្រាប់​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/height\">Enter the height that you want for the selected object.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16790,8 +16790,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154563\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_REL_HEIGHT\">គណនា​កម្ពស់​នៃ​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ដោយ​គិត​តាម​ភាគរយ​នៃ​កម្ពស់​តំបន់​អត្ថបទ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ទំព័រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/relheight\">Calculates the height of the selected object as a percentage of the height of the page text area.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16808,8 +16808,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153675\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FIXEDRATIO\">រក្សា​សមាមាត្រ​កម្ពស់ និង ទទឹង​នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​ប្តូរ​ការ​កំណត់​ទទឹង ឬកម្ពស់ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/ratio\">Maintains the height and width ratio when you change the width or the height setting.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16826,8 +16826,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155898\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_STD:BT_REALSIZE\">កំណត់​ឡើង​វិញ​នូវ​ការ​កំណត់​ទំហំ​នៃ​វត្ថុ ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ទៅ​ជា​តម្លៃ​ដើម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/origsize\">Resets the size settings of the selected object to the original values.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16853,8 +16853,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151262\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_AUTOHEIGHT\">លៃតម្រូវ​​ទទឹង ឬ​កម្ពស់​នៃ​ស៊ុម​មួយ​ដោយ​ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ ដើម្បី​ផ្គូផ្គង​មាតិកា​នៃ​ស៊ុម ។ ប្រសិន​បើ​អ្នក​ចង់ អ្នក​អាច​បញ្ជាក់​​ទទឹង​អប្បបរមា ឬ​កម្ពស់​អប្បបរមា សម្រាប់​ស៊ុម ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/autoheight\">Automatically adjusts the width or height of a frame to match the contents of the frame. If you want, you can specify a minimum width or minimum height for the frame.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16898,8 +16898,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149169\n"
"46\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PAGE\">បោះ​យុថ្កា​ជម្រើស ទៅ​ទំព័រ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topage\">Anchors the selection to the current page.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16916,8 +16916,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145777\n"
"61\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_PARA\">បោះ​យុថ្កា​ជម្រើស ទៅ​កថាខណ្ឌ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/topara\">Anchors the selection to the current paragraph.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16934,8 +16934,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151377\n"
"63\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AT_CHAR\">បោះ​យុថ្កា​ជម្រើស ទៅ​តួអក្សរ​មួយ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/tochar\">Anchors the selection to a character.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16952,8 +16952,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155863\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_FRM_STD_RB_ANCHOR_AS_CHAR\">បោះ​យុថ្កា​ជម្រើស​ជា​តួអក្សរ ។ កម្ពស់​នៃ​បន្ទាត់​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ត្រូវ​បាន​ប្តូរ​ទំហំ​ដើម្បី​ផ្គូផ្គង​កម្ពស់​នៃ​ជម្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/aschar\">Anchors the selection as character. The height of the current line is resized to match the height of the selection.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -16988,8 +16988,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145121\n"
"28\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_HORIZONTAL\">ជ្រើស​ជម្រើស​ការ​តម្រឹម​ផ្ដេក សម្រាប់​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​នេះ​អាច​ប្រើ​បាន តែ​ក្នុង​ករណី​អ្នក​ជ្រើស \"បោះ​យុថ្កា​ជា​តួអក្សរ\" ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horipos\">Select the horizontal alignment option for the object.</ahelp> This option is not available if you chose \"anchor as character\"."
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17006,8 +17006,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145258\n"
"30\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_HORZ_POS\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​​ដើម្បី​ទុក​រវាង​គែម​ខាង​ឆ្វេង​នៃ​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស និង ចំណុច​យោង​ដែល​អ្នក​ជ្រើស​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>ទៅ</emph> ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​នេះ​អាច​ប្រើ​បាន​តែ​ក្នុង​ករណី​ដែល​​អ្នក​ជ្រើស \"ពី​ឆ្វេង\" ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>ផ្ដេក</emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byhori\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the left edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Left\" in the <emph>Horizontal</emph> box."
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17024,8 +17024,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149213\n"
"49\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_HORI_RELATION\">កំណត់​ចំណុច​យោង សម្រាប់​ជម្រើស​ការ​តម្រឹម​ផ្ដេក​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/horianchor\">Select the reference point for the selected horizontal alignment option.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17051,8 +17051,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3146337\n"
"53\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_STD:CB_MIRROR\">ដាក់​បញ្ច្រាស ការ​​កំណត់​ការ​តម្រឹម​ផ្ដេក​បច្ចុប្បន្ន លើ​ទំព័រ​គូ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/mirror\">Reverses the current horizontal alignment settings on even pages.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17078,8 +17078,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150161\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:DLB_VERTICAL\">ជ្រើស​ជម្រើស​តម្រឹម​បញ្ឈរ សម្រាប់​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertpos\">Select the vertical alignment option for the object.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17105,8 +17105,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156130\n"
"34\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_STD:ED_AT_VERT_POS\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​​ដើម្បី​ទុក​រវាង​គែម​ខាង​លើ​នៃ​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស និង ចំណុច​យោង​ដែល​អ្នក​ជ្រើស​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>ទៅ</emph> ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​នេះ​អាច​ប្រើ​បាន​​តែ​ក្នុង​ករណី​ដែល​អ្នក​ជ្រើស \"ពី​លើ\" ឬ​\"ពី​ក្រោម\" (ជា​តួ​អក្សរ) ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>បញ្ឈរ</emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/byvert\">Enter the amount of space to leave between the top edge of the selected object and the reference point that you select in the <emph>To</emph> box.</ahelp> This option is only available if you select \"From Top\" or \"From Bottom\" (as character) in the <emph>Vertical</emph> box."
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17123,8 +17123,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3155075\n"
"57\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_FRM_STD:LB_VERT_RELATION\">ជ្រើស​ចំណុច​យោង សម្រាប់​ជម្រើស​ការ​តម្រឹម​បញ្ឈរ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/vertanchor\">Select the reference point for the selected vertical alignment option.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17139,8 +17139,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"05060100.xhp\n"
"par_idN10A92\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"sw:CheckBox:TP_FRM_STD:CB_FOLLOWTEXTFLOW\">រក្សា​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ក្នុង​ព្រំដែន​ប្លង់​នៃ​អត្ថបទ ដែល​វត្ថុ​ត្រូវ​បាន​បោះយុថ្កា​ទៅ ។ ដើម្បី​ដាក់​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ត្រង់​កន្លែង​ណា​មួយ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​របស់​អ្នក កុំ​ជ្រើស​ជម្រើស​នេះ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmtypepage/followtextflow\">Keeps the selected object within the layout boundaries of the text that the object is anchored to. To place the selected object anywhere in your document, do not select this option.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17148,7 +17148,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10AA6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "By default, the <emph>Follow text flow</emph> option is selected when you open a document that was created in a version of Writer older than OpenOffice.org 2.0. However, this option is not selected when you create a document or when you open a document in Microsoft Word format (*.doc)."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "តាម​លំនាំដើម ជម្រើស <emph>តាម​លំហូរ​អត្ថបទ</emph> ត្រូវ​បាន​ជ្រើស​នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​បើក​ឯកសារ​ដែល​បាន​បង្កើត​នៅ​ក្នុង​កំណែ Writer ចាស់​ជាង OpenOffice.org 2.0 ។ ទោះបីជា​ជម្រើស​នេះ​មិន​ត្រូវ​បាន​ជ្រើស​ពេល​អ្នក​បង្កើត​ឯកសារ ឬ​ពេល​អ្នក​បើក​ឯកសារ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ Microsoft Word (*.doc) ក៏ដោយ។"
#: 05060100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17236,8 +17236,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147100\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_NO_WRAP\">ដាក់​វត្ថុ​លើ​បន្ទាត់​ដាច់​ដោយ​ឡែក​មួយ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ។ អត្ថបទ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​លេចឡើង​ពី​លើ និង ពី​ក្រោម​វត្ថុ ប៉ុន្តែ​មិន​នៅ​ខាង​ៗ​នៃ​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp></variable>"
+msgid "<variable id=\"keinumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/none\">Places the object on a separate line in the document. The Text in the document appears above and below the object, but not on the sides of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17271,8 +17271,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149171\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_LEFT\">ប្រសិន​បើ​មាន​ចន្លោះ​គ្រប់គ្រាន់ រុំ​អត្ថបទ​លើ​ផ្នែក​ខាង​ឆ្វេង​នៃ​វត្ថុ  ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/before\">Wraps text on the left side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17306,8 +17306,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150700\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_RIGHT\">រុំ​អត្ថបទ​នៅ​ផ្នែក​ខាង​ស្តាំ​នៃ​វត្ថុ ប្រសិន​បើ​មានចន្លោះ​​គ្រប់គ្រាន់ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/after\">Wraps text on the right side of the object if there is enough space.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17341,8 +17341,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147740\n"
"22\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_PARALLEL\">រុំ​អត្ថបទ​នៅ​គ្រប់​ផ្នែក​ទាំង​បួន នៃ​បន្ទាត់​ជុំ​វិញ​ស៊ុម​នៃ​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp></variable>"
+msgid "<variable id=\"seitenumlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/parallel\">Wraps text on all four sides of the border frame of the object.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17376,8 +17376,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154089\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:IMAGERADIOBUTTON:TP_FRM_WRAP:RB_WRAP_THROUGH\">ដាក់​វត្ថុ​ពី​មុខ​អត្ថបទ ។</ahelp></variable>"
+msgid "<variable id=\"durchlauftext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/through\">Places the object in front of the text.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17518,8 +17518,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147377\n"
"52\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_WRAP:CB_ONLYOUTSIDE\">រុំ​អត្ថបទ​ជុំ​វិញ​តែ​វណ្ឌវង្ក​នៃ​វត្ថុ ប៉ុន្តែ​មិន​មែន​ក្នុង​ផ្ទៃ​បើក​ក្នុង​រាង​វត្ថុ ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​នេះ​មិន​អាច​ប្រើ​បាន​ទេ សម្រាប់​ស៊ុម ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/outside\">Wraps text only around the contour of the object, but not in open areas within the object shape.</ahelp> This option is not available for frames."
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17554,8 +17554,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150678\n"
"36\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_LEFT_MARGIN\">បញ្ចូលចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែល​ត្រូវ​​​ទុក​ចន្លោះ​គែម​ខាង​ឆ្វេង​នៃ​វត្ថុ និង អត្ថបទ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/left\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the left edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17572,8 +17572,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149956\n"
"38\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែលត្រូវ​ទុក​​រវាង​គែម​ខាង​ស្តាំ​នៃ​វត្ថុ និង អត្ថបទ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/right\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the right edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17590,8 +17590,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147284\n"
"40\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_TOP_MARGIN\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​សរុប​ ដែល​ត្រូវ​​ទុក​ចន្លោះ​គែម​ខាង​លើ​នៃ​វត្ថុ និង អត្ថបទ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/top\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the top edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -17608,8 +17608,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3157884\n"
"42\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:METRICFIELD:TP_FRM_WRAP:ED_BOTTOM_MARGIN\">បញ្ចូល​ចន្លោះ​ ដែល​ត្រូវ​ទុក​​​រវាង​គែម​ខាង​ក្រោម​នៃ​វត្ថុ និង អត្ថបទ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/wrappage/bottom\">Enter the amount of space that you want between the bottom edge of the object and the text.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060201.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18177,8 +18177,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3152961\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_GRF_EXT\">បញ្ជាក់​​ជម្រើស​ត្រឡប់ និង តភ្ជាប់ សម្រាប់​ក្រាហ្វិក​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/PicturePage\">Specify the flip and the link options for the selected graphic.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18204,8 +18204,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149485\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">Flips the selected graphic vertically.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_VERT\">ត្រឡប់​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស បញ្ឈរ</ahelp></variable>"
+msgid "<variable id=\"vertikaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/vert\">Flips the selected graphic vertically.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18222,8 +18222,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151261\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally.</ahelp></variable>"
-msgstr "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_GRF_EXT:CB_HOR\">ត្រឡប់​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ផ្ដេក</ahelp></variable>"
+msgid "<variable id=\"horizontaltext\"><ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/hori\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally.</ahelp></variable>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18240,8 +18240,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147212\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_ALL_PAGES\">ត្រឡប់​ក្រាហ្វិក​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ផ្ដេក គ្រប់​​ទំព័រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/allpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally on all pages.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18258,8 +18258,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149037\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_LEFT_PAGES\">ត្រឡប់​ក្រាហ្វិក​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ផ្ដេក តែ​លើ​ទំព័រ​គូ​ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/leftpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on even pages.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18276,8 +18276,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3152775\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_RADIOBUTTON_TP_GRF_EXT_RB_MIRROR_RIGHT_PAGES\">ត្រឡប់​ក្រាហ្វិក​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស​ផ្ដេក តែ​លើ​ទំព័រ​សេស​ប៉ុណ្ណោះ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/rightpages\">Flips the selected graphic horizontally only on odd pages.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18312,8 +18312,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3156278\n"
"12\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. </ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_GRF_EXT:ED_CONNECT\">បង្ហាញ​ផ្លូវ​ទៅ​ឯកសារ​ក្រាហ្វិក​ដែល​បាន​តភ្ជាប់ ។ ដើម្បីផ្លាស់​​ប្តូរ​តំណ ចុច​ប៊ូតុង​រកមើល (<emph>...</emph>) ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​រក​ទីតាំង​ឯកសារ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​តភ្ជាប់​ ។ </ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/entry\">Displays the path to the linked graphic file. To change the link, click the browse button (<emph>...</emph>) and then locate the file that you want to link to. </ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18330,8 +18330,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151373\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_GRF_EXT:PB_BROWSE\">រក​ទីតាំង​ឯកសារ​ក្រាហ្វិក​ថ្មី ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​តភ្ជាប់​ និង​​បន្ទាប់ ចុច <emph>បើក</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/picturepage/browse\">Locate the new graphic file that you want to link to, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060300.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18501,7 +18501,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18510,7 +18510,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18519,7 +18519,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"36\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18546,7 +18546,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"39\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18555,7 +18555,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18564,7 +18564,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"41\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18573,7 +18573,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"42\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18582,7 +18582,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"43\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18609,7 +18609,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"46\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18618,7 +18618,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"47\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18627,7 +18627,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"48\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18636,7 +18636,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"49\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18663,7 +18663,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"52\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18672,7 +18672,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"53\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18681,7 +18681,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"54\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18690,7 +18690,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"55\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18699,7 +18699,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18726,7 +18726,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"59\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18753,7 +18753,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"62\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18780,7 +18780,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"65\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18807,7 +18807,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"68\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18834,7 +18834,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"71\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18861,7 +18861,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"74\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18888,7 +18888,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"77\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18915,7 +18915,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"80\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -18942,7 +18942,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"83\n"
"help.text"
msgid "x"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "x"
#: 05060700.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19083,8 +19083,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154188\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_URL\">បញ្ជាក់​​លក្ខណសម្បត្តិ​​របស់​តំណខ្ពស់​ សម្រាប់​ក្រាហ្វិក ស៊ុម ឬ​វត្ថុ OLE ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/FrmURLPage\">Specify the properties of the hyperlink for the selected graphic, frame or OLE object.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19119,8 +19119,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154831\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_URL\">បញ្ចូល​ផ្លូវ​ពេញលេញ​ទៅ​ឯកសារ​ ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បើក ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/url\">Enter the complete path to the file that you want to open.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19137,8 +19137,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149109\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_FRM_URL:PB_SEARCH\">រក​ទីតាំង​ឯកសារ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ឲ្យ​តំណ​ខ្ពស់​បើក ហើយ​បន្ទាប់​មក​ចុច <emph>បើក</emph> ។</ahelp> ឯកសារ​គោលដៅ​អាច​មាន​លើ​ម៉ាស៊ីន​របស់​អ្នក ឬ​លើ <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">ម៉ាស៊ីន​បម្រើ FTP</link> ក្នុង​អ៊ីនធឺណិត ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/search\">Locate the file that you want the hyperlink to open, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp> The target file can be on your machine or on an <link href=\"text/shared/00/00000002.xhp#ftp\" name=\"FTP server\">FTP server</link> in the Internet."
+msgstr ""
#: 05060800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19155,8 +19155,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147217\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_URL:ED_NAME\">បញ្ចូល​ឈ្មោះ​មួយ សម្រាប់​តំណខ្ពស់​ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/name\">Enter a name for the hyperlink.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19173,7 +19173,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149042\n"
"8\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:COMBOBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_FRAME\">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets\" name=\"here\">here</link>."
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/frame\">Specify the name of the frame where you want to open the targeted file.</ahelp> The predefined target frame names are described <link href=\"text/shared/01/05020400.xhp#targets\" name=\"here\">here</link>."
msgstr ""
#: 05060800.xhp
@@ -19209,8 +19209,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149176\n"
"14\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_SERVER\">ប្រើ​ផែនទី​រូបភាព​ខាង​ម៉ាស៊ីន​បម្រើ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/server\">Uses a server-side image map.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19227,8 +19227,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151036\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_URL:CB_CLIENT\">ប្រើ <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">ផែនទី​រូបភាព</link> ដែល​អ្នក​បាន​បង្កើត សម្រាប់​វត្ថុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmurlpage/client\">Uses the <link href=\"text/shared/01/02220000.xhp\" name=\"image map\">image map</link> that you created for the selected object.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060800.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19262,8 +19262,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149708\n"
"2\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_FRM_ADD\">បញ្ជាក់​​លក្ខណសម្បត្តិ សម្រាប់​វត្ថុ ក្រាហ្វិក ឬ​ស៊ុម ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/FrmAddPage\">Specifies properties for the selected object, graphic or frame.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19298,8 +19298,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147510\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_NAME\">បញ្ចូល​ឈ្មោះ​មួយ សម្រាប់​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/name\">Enter a name for the selected item.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19325,8 +19325,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150977\n"
"21\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:EDIT:TP_FRM_ADD:ED_ALT_NAME\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ​ដើម្បី​បង្ហាញ​ក្នុង​កម្មវិធី​រុករក​បណ្តាញ នៅ​ពេល​គ្មាន​ធាតុ​ដែល​​បាន​ជ្រើស ។ អត្ថបទ​ជំនួស​ក៏​ត្រូវ​បាន​ប្រើ​ដែរ ដើម្បី​ជួយ​មនុស្ស​ពិការ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/altname\">Enter the text to display in a web browser when the selected item is unavailable. Alternate text is also used to assist people with disabilities.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19343,8 +19343,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154192\n"
"24\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_PREV\">បង្ហាញ​ធាតុ (វត្ថុ ក្រាហ្វិក ឬ​ស៊ុម) ដែល​នៅ​ពី​មុខ​វត្ថុ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ក្នុង​លំដាប់​ដែល​បាន​ត​ភ្ជាប់ ។ ដើម្បី​បន្ថែម ឬ​ផ្លាស់​ប្តូរ​តំណ​មុន ជ្រើស​ឈ្មោះ​ពី​បញ្ជី ។ ប្រសិន​បើ​អ្នក​កំពុង​ត​ភ្ជាប់​ស៊ុម ស៊ុម​គោលដៅ​ត្រូវ​តែ​ទទេ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/prev\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes before the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the previous link, select a name from the list. If you are linking frames, the current frame and the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19361,8 +19361,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149485\n"
"26\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_NEXT\">បង្ហាញ​ធាតុ​ (វត្ថុ ក្រាហ្វិក ឬ​ស៊ុម) ដែល​នៅ​បន្ទាប់​ពី​វត្ថុ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ក្នុង​លំដាប់​ដែល​បាន​ត​ភ្ជាប់ ។ ដើម្បី​បន្ថែម ឬ​ប្តូរ​តំណ​បន្ទាប់ ជ្រើស​ឈ្មោះ​ពី​បញ្ជី ។ ប្រសិន​បើ​អ្នក​កំពុង​ត​ភ្ជាប់​ស៊ុម ស៊ុម​គោលដៅ​ត្រូវ​តែ​ទទេ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/next\">Displays the item (object, graphic, or frame) that comes after the current item in a linked sequence. To add or change the next link, select a name from the list. If you are a linking frames, the target frame must be empty.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19397,8 +19397,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149105\n"
"17\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_CONTENT\">រារាំង​ភាព​ផ្លាស់ប្តូរ​ចំពោះ​មាតិកា​នៃ​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectcontent\">Prevents changes to the contents of the selected item.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19424,8 +19424,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147225\n"
"11\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_FRAME\">ចាក់សោ​ទីតាំង​នៃ​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ក្នុង​ឯកសារ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectframe\">Locks the position of the selected item in the current document.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19442,8 +19442,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147576\n"
"13\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PROTECT_SIZE\">ចាក់សោ​ទំហំ​នៃ​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/protectsize\">Locks the size of the selected item.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19478,8 +19478,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3149167\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_EDIT_IN_READONLY\">អនុញ្ញាត​ឲ្យ​អ្នក​កែ​សម្រួល​មាតិកា​នៃ​ស៊ុ​មួយ​ក្នុង​ឯកសារ ដែល​បាន​តែ​អាន (ការពារ​មិន​ឲ្យ​សរសេរ​ចូល) ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/editinreadonly\">Allows you to edit the contents of a frame in a document that is read-only (write-protected).</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19496,8 +19496,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151028\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_FRM_ADD:CB_PRINT_FRAME\">រួម​បញ្ចូល​ធាតុ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​បោះពុម្ព​ឯកសារ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/printframe\">Includes the selected item when you print the document.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19514,8 +19514,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151374\n"
"32\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW_LISTBOX_TP_FRM_ADD_LB_TEXTFLOW\">បញ្ជាក់​​ទិស​លំហូរ​អត្ថបទ​ក្នុង​ស៊ុម​មួយ ដែល​អ្នក​ចូលចិត្ត ។ ដើម្បី​ប្រើ​ការ​កំណត់​លំហូរ​អត្ថបទ​លំនាំដើម​សម្រាប់​ទំព័រ ជ្រើស <emph>ប្រើ​ការ​កំណត់​វត្ថុ​តាម​លំដាប់​ខ្ពស់​ជាង </emph>ពី​បញ្ជី ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/frmaddpage/textflow\">Specifies the preferred text flow direction in a frame. To use the default text flow settings for the page, select <emph>Use superordinate object settings </emph>from the list.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05060900.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19941,8 +19941,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154280\n"
"4\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth\">Maintains the current width of the table when you change the width of a column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth\">រក្សា​ទទឹង​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​នៃ​តារាង នៅ​ពេល​អ្នក​ប្តូរ​ទទឹង​ជួរ​ឈរ ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​នេះ​នឹង​មិន​មាន ប្រសិន​បើ <emph>ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ</emph> ត្រូវ​បាន​ជ្រើស​នៅ​ត្រង់ <emph>តម្រឹម </emph>នៅ​លើ​ផ្ទាំង <emph>តារាង </emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptwidth\">Reduces or increases table width with modified column width.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
+msgstr ""
#: 05090200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -19959,8 +19959,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3153530\n"
"6\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns\">Resizes the table width in relation to the column width that you enter.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns\">ប្តូរ​ទំហំ​ទទឹង​តារាង ដោយ​មាន​ទំនាក់​ទំនង​ទៅ​នឹង​ទទឹង​ជួរ​ឈរ​ដែល​អ្នក​បញ្ចូល ។</ahelp> ជម្រើស​នេះ​នឹង​មិន​មាន ប្រសិន​បើ <emph>ស្វ័យ​ប្រវត្តិ</emph> ត្រូវ​បាន​ជ្រើស​នៅ​ត្រង់ <emph>តម្រឹម </emph>នៅ​លើ​ផ្ទាំង <emph>តារាង </emph> ។"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/tablecolumnpage/adaptcolumns\">If possible, change in column width will be equal for each column.</ahelp> This option is not available if <emph>Automatic</emph> is selected in the <emph>Alignment </emph>area on the <emph>Table </emph>tab."
+msgstr ""
#: 05090200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -20963,7 +20963,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column\">Enter the column number of the column you want to change the width of.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/column\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​ជួរឈរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្ដូរ​ទទឹង​របស់​វា។</ahelp>"
#: 05120100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -20981,7 +20981,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width\">Enter the width that you want for the selected column(s).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/columnwidth/width\">បញ្ចូល​ទទឹង​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់បាន​សម្រាប់​ជួរឈរ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 05120200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -21822,8 +21822,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3150974\n"
"15\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:CHECKBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:CB_CONDITION\">ធីក​ប្រអប់​នេះ ដើម្បី​កំណត់​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ថ្មី​មួយ ជា​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តាម​លក្ខខណ្ឌ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/condstyle\">Check this box to define a new style as a conditional style.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05130100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -21840,8 +21840,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3147530\n"
"16\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"HID_COND_COLL_TABLIST\">នៅ​ទីនេះ​អ្នក​អាច​មើល​បរិបទ​ដែល​បាន​កំណត់​មុន​របស់ $[officename] រួម​មាន​កម្រិត​គ្រោង១ ដល់១០ កម្រិត​លេខ​រៀង​/​ចំណុច១ ដល់១០ ក្បាល​តារាង មាតិកា​តារាង ភាគ ស៊ុម លេខ​យោង បឋមកថា និង បាតកថា ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/links\">Here you can see the $[officename] predefined contexts, including outline levels 1 to 10, numbering/bullets levels 1 to 10, table header, table contents, section, border, footnote, header and footer.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05130100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -21876,8 +21876,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3159195\n"
"18\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:LISTBOX:TP_CONDCOLL:LB_STYLE\">បញ្ជី​នៃ \"រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ\" ដែល​អាច​ផ្តល់​តម្លៃ​ទៅ​បរិបទ ត្រូវ​បាន​ផ្ទុក​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​បញ្ជី ។ </ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/styles\">A list of all Paragraph Styles which can be assigned to a context is contained in the list box.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05130100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -21894,8 +21894,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3151335\n"
"19\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_REMOVE\">ចុច​ទី​នេះ ដើម្បី​យក​ចេញ​នូវ​បរិបទ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន ដែល​បាន​ផ្តល់​ទៅ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/remove\">Click here to remove the current context assigned to the selected style.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05130100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -21912,8 +21912,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3154829\n"
"20\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"SW:PUSHBUTTON:TP_CONDCOLL:PB_ASSIGN\">ចុច <emph>ផ្តល់​តម្លៃ</emph> ដើម្បី​អនុវត្ត <emph>រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស</emph> ដើម្បី​កំណត់ <emph>បរិបទ</emph> ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/conditionpage/apply\">Click <emph>Assign</emph> to apply the <emph>selected Paragraph Style</emph> to the defined <emph>context</emph>.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05140000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22483,7 +22483,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add\">Adds a new table style to the list.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/add\">បន្ថែម​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ថ្មី​ទៅកាន់​បញ្ជី។</ahelp>"
#: 05150101.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22537,7 +22537,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove\">Deletes the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/remove\">លុប​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 05150101.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22573,7 +22573,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"34\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb\">Includes numbering formats in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/numformatcb\">រួមបញ្ចូល​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​លេខរៀង​នៅ​ក្នុង​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 05150101.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22591,7 +22591,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb\">Includes font formatting in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/fontcb\">រួមបញ្ចូល​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ពុម្ពអក្សរ​នៅ​ក្នុង​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 05150101.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22609,7 +22609,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb\">Includes alignment settings in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/alignmentcb\">រួមបញ្ចូល​ការ​កំណត់​តម្រឹម​នៅ​ក្នុង​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 05150101.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22627,7 +22627,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb\">Includes border styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/bordercb\">រួមបញ្ចូល​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ស៊ុម​នៅ​ក្នុង​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 05150101.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22645,7 +22645,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"27\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb\">Includes background styles in the selected table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/patterncb\">រួមបញ្ចូល​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ផ្ទៃ​ខាងក្រោយ​នៅ​ក្នុង​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 05150101.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22663,7 +22663,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename\">Changes the name of the selected table style. You cannot rename the \"Standard\" table style.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/autoformattable/rename\">ប្ដូរ​ឈ្មោះ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។ អ្នក​មិន​អាច​ប្ដូរ​ឈ្មោះ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តារាង \"ស្តង់ដារ\" បាន​ឡើយ។</ahelp>"
#: 05150104.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -22697,8 +22697,8 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id3145241\n"
"3\n"
"help.text"
-msgid "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
-msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"OFFMGR:METRICFIELD:RID_OFADLG_PRCNT_SET:ED_RIGHT_MARGIN\">បញ្ចូល​ប្រវែង​អប្បបរមា សម្រាប់​កថាខណ្ឌ​ដែល​បាន​ផ្សំ​ជា​បន្ទាត់​តែ​មួយ ជា​ភាគរយ​នៃ​ទទឹង​ទំព័រ ។</ahelp>"
+msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/percentdialog/PercentDialog\">Enter the minimum length for combining single-lined paragraphs as a percentage of the page width.</ahelp>"
+msgstr ""
#: 05150200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23311,7 +23311,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading\">Includes the first row of the original table as the first row of the second table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/copyheading\">រួមបញ្ចូល​ជួរដេក​ទីមួយ​របស់​តារាង​ដើម ជា​ជួរដេក​ទីមួយ​របស់​តារាង​ទី​ពីរ។</ahelp>"
#: 05190000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23329,7 +23329,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle\">Inserts a blank header row in the second table that is formatted with the style of the first row in the original table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheadingapplystyle\">បញ្ចូល​ក្បាល​ជួរដេក​ទទេ​នៅ​ក្នុង​តារាង​ទី​ពីរ​ដែល​បាន​ធ្វើ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ជាមួយ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ជួរដេក​ទីមួយ​នៅ​ក្នុង​តារាង​ដើម។</ahelp>"
#: 05190000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23347,7 +23347,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading\">Inserts an additional blank row in the second table.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/customheading\">បញ្ចូល​ជួរដេក​ទទេ​បន្ថែម​ទៅ​ក្នុង​តារាង​ទី​ពីរ។</ahelp>"
#: 05190000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23365,7 +23365,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading\">Splits the table without copying the header row.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/splittable/noheading\">ពុះ​តារាង​ដោយ​មិន​ចម្លង​ក្បាល​ជួរដេក។</ahelp>"
#: 05190000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23595,7 +23595,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"22\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/worded\">Displays the hyphenation suggestion(s) for the selected word.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/worded\">បង្ហាញ​ការ​ផ្ដល់​យោបល់​ដាក់​សហ​សញ្ញា​សម្រាប់​ពាក្យ​ដែល​បាន​ជ្រើស។</ahelp>"
#: 06030000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23613,7 +23613,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"24\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/right\">Set the position of the hyphen. This option is only available if more than one hyphenation suggestion is displayed.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/right\">កំណត់​ទីតាំង​សហ​សញ្ញា។ ជម្រើស​នេះ​មានតែ​នៅ​ពេល​ដែល​ការ​ផ្ដល់​យោបល់​ដាក់​សហ​សញ្ញា​ត្រូវ​បាន​បង្ហាញ​ច្រើន​ជាង​មួយ​ប៉ុណ្ណោះ។</ahelp>"
#: 06030000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23631,7 +23631,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/continue\">Ignores the hyphenation suggestion and finds the next word to hyphenate.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/continue\">មិន​អើពើ​ការ​ផ្ដល់​យោបល់​ដាក់​សហ​សញ្ញា ហើយ​រក​ពាក្យ​បន្ទាប់​ដើម្បី​ដាក់​សហ​សញ្ញា។</ahelp>"
#: 06030000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -23667,7 +23667,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/delete\">Removes the current hyphenation point from the displayed word.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"cui/ui/hyphenate/delete\">លុប​ចំណុច​សហ​សញ្ញា​បច្ចុប្បន្ន​ចេញពី​ពាក្យ​ដែល​បាន​បង្ហាញ។</ahelp>"
#: 06040000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24234,7 +24234,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"2\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage\">Specifies the formatting for footnotes and endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/FootnotePage\">បញ្ជាក់​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង និង​លេខ​យោង​ចុង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24270,7 +24270,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb\">Select the numbering style that you want to use for footnotes or endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/numberinglb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​លេខរៀង​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​​សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង និង​លេខ​យោង​ចុង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24432,7 +24432,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"26\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb\">Select the numbering option for the footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/countinglb\">ជ្រើស​ជម្រើស​លេខរៀង​សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24566,7 +24566,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_id334242345\n"
"help.text"
msgid "Footnote numbers are left aligned by default in the footnote area. For right aligned footnote numbers first edit the paragraph style <emph>Footnote</emph>. Press <item type=\"keycode\">F11</item> to open <emph>Styles and Formatting</emph> dialog and select <emph>Footnote</emph> from the list of paragraph styles. Open the local menu with right click and choose <emph>Modify</emph>. Go to the <emph>Indents & Spacing</emph> tab page and set indent to 0 before and after the paragraph, including the first line. On <emph>Tabs</emph> tab page create a tab of right type at 12pt and a tab of left type at 14pt. Then in <emph>Footnotes/Endnotes Settings</emph> dialog enter <item type=\"input\">\\t</item> into the <emph>Before</emph> and <emph>After</emph> edit boxes."
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "លេខ​របស់​លេខ​យោង​ត្រូវ​បាន​តម្រឹម​ឆ្វេង​តាម​លំនាំដើម​នៅ​ក្នុង​តំបន់​លេខ​យោង។ សម្រាប់​ការ​តម្រឹម​ស្ដាំ ជា​ដំបូង​អ្នក​ត្រូវ​កែ​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ <emph>លេខ​យោង</emph>។ ចុច <item type=\"keycode\">F11</item> ដើម្បី​បើក​ប្រអប់ <emph>រចនាប័ទ្ម និង​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ</emph> រួច​ជ្រើស <emph>លេខ​យោង</emph> ពី​បញ្ជី​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ។ បើក​ម៉ឺនុយ​មូលដ្ឋាន ដោយ​ចុច​កណ្ដុរស្ដាំ រួច​ជ្រើស <emph>កែប្រែ</emph>។ ទៅកាន់​ផ្ទាំង <emph>ចូល​បន្ទាត់ និង​គម្លាត</emph> ហើយ​កំណត់​ចូល​បន្ទាត់​ទៅ ០ ខាង​មុខ នឹង​បន្ទាប់ពី​កថាខណ្ឌ រួម​ទាំង​បន្ទាត់​ដំបូង។ នៅ​លើ​ផ្ទាំង <emph>ថេប</emph> បង្កើត​​ថេប​ខាងស្ដាំ​នៅ 12pt និង​ថេប​ខាងឆ្វេង​នៅ 14pt ។ បន្ទាប់មក​នៅ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់ <emph>ការ​កំណត់​លេខ​យោង/លេខ​យោង​ចុង</emph> បញ្ចូល <item type=\"input\">\\t</item> នៅ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​កែសម្រួល <emph>ខាង​មុខ</emph> និង <emph>បន្ទាប់</emph> ។"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24593,7 +24593,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb\">Displays footnotes at the bottom of the page.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pospagecb\">បង្ហាញ​លេខ​យោង​នៅ​បាត​ទំព័រ។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24611,7 +24611,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"8\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb\">Displays footnotes at the end of the document as endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/posdoccb\">បង្ហាញ​លេខយោង​នៅ​ចុង​ឯកសារ​ជា​លេខយោង​ចុង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24647,7 +24647,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"38\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb\">Select the paragraph style for the footnote text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/parastylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ​សម្រាប់​លេខយោង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24665,7 +24665,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"40\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb\">Select the page style that you want to use for footnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/pagestylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទំព័រ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24710,7 +24710,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"64\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for footnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charanchorstylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តួអក្សរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​យុថ្កា​លេខ​យោង​នៅ​ក្នុង​ផ្ទៃ​អត្ថបទ​ឯកសារ​របស់​អ្នក។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24728,7 +24728,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"56\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for the footnote numbers in the footnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/footnotepage/charstylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តួអក្សរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​លេខ​របស់​លេខ​យោង​នៅ​ក្នុង​ផ្ទៃ​លេខ​យោង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080100.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24898,7 +24898,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"9\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb\">Select the paragraph style for the endnote text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/parastylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​កថាខណ្ឌ​សម្រាប់​អត្ថបទ​លេខយោង​ចុង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24916,7 +24916,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb\">Select the page style that you want to use for endnotes.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/pagestylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​ទំព័រ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​លេខ​យោង​ចុង។</ahelp>"
#: 06080200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24952,7 +24952,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for endnote anchors in the text area of your document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charanchorstylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តួអក្សរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​យុថ្កា​លេខ​យោង​ចុង​នៅ​ក្នុង​ផ្ទៃ​អត្ថបទ​ឯកសារ​របស់​អ្នក។</ahelp>"
#: 06080200.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -24970,7 +24970,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb\">Select the character style that you want to use for the endnote numbers in the endnote area.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/endnotepage/charstylelb\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​តួអក្សរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​លេខ​របស់​លេខយោង​ចុង​នៅ​ក្នុង​តំបន់​លេខយោង​ចុង។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25049,7 +25049,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs\">Converts the text to a table using tabs as column markers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/tabs\">បម្លែង​អត្ថបទ​ទៅជា​តារាង​ដោយ​ប្រើ​ថេប​ជា​អ្នក​សម្គាល់​ជួរឈរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25067,7 +25067,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"11\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons\">Converts the text to a table using semi-colons (;) as column markers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/semicolons\">បម្លែង​អត្ថបទ​ទៅជា​តារាង​ដោយ​ប្រើ​សញ្ញា (;) ជា​អ្នក​សម្គាល់​ជួរឈរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25085,7 +25085,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph\">Converts the text to a table using paragraphs as column markers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/paragraph\">បម្លែង​អត្ថបទ​ទៅជា​តារាង​ដោយ​ប្រើ​កថាខណ្ឌ​ជា​អ្នក​សម្គាល់​ជួរឈរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25103,7 +25103,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"17\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other\">Converts the text to a table using the character that you type in the box as a column marker.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/other\">បម្លែង​អត្ថបទ​ទៅជា​តារាង​ដោយ​ប្រើ​តួអក្សរ​ដែល​អ្នក​វាយ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ប្រអប់​ជា​អ្នក​បំបែក​ជួរឈរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25121,7 +25121,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"21\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered\">Type the character that you want to use as a column marker.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/othered\">បញ្ចូល​តួអក្សរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​ជា​សញ្ញា​សម្គាល់​ជួរឈរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25139,7 +25139,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"19\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn\">Creates columns of equal width, regardless of the position of the column marker.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/keepcolumn\">បង្កើត​ជួរឈរ​ដែល​មាន​ទទឹង​ស្មើគ្នា ដោយ​មិន​គិត​ពី​ទីតាំង​នៃ​សញ្ញា​សម្គាល់​ជួរឈរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25184,7 +25184,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"28\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb\">Formats the first row of the new table as a heading.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/headingcb\">ធ្វើ​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ជួរដេក​ទី​មួយ​នៃ​តារាង​ថ្មី​ជា​ក្បាល។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25202,7 +25202,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"29\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading\">Repeats the table header on each page that the table spans.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/repeatheading\">ធ្វើ​ក្បាល​តារាង​ឡើងវិញ​នៅ​គ្រប់​ទំព័រ​ដែល​​តារាង​បាន​ពង្រីក។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25236,7 +25236,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb\">Does not divide the table across pages.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/dontsplitcb\">កុំ​ចែក​តារាង​កាត់​ទំព័រ។</ahelp>"
#: 06090000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25254,7 +25254,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"31\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb\">Adds a border to the table and the table cells.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/converttexttable/bordercb\">បន្ថែម​ស៊ុម​ទៅ​តារាង និង​ក្រឡា​តារាង។</ahelp>"
#: 06100000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25315,7 +25315,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"5\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3\">Specifies additional sorting criteria. You can also combine sort keys.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/key3\">បញ្ជាក់​លក្ខណៈ​វិនិច្ឆ័យ​ការ​តម្រៀប​បន្ថែម។ អ្នក​ក៏​អាច​ផ្សំ​គ្រាប់ចុច​ផ្លូវកាត់​​បាន​ផង​ដែរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06100000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25333,7 +25333,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"7\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3\">Enter the number of the table column that you want to use as a basis for sorting.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/colsb3\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​ជួរឈរ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​ជា​មូលដ្ឋាន​សម្រាប់​ការ​តម្រៀប។</ahelp>"
#: 06100000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25351,7 +25351,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3\">Select the sorting option that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/typelb3\">ជ្រើស​ជម្រើស​តម្រៀប​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ។</ahelp>"
#: 06100000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25377,7 +25377,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3\">Sorts in ascending order, (for example, 1, 2, 3 or a, b, c).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/up3\">តម្រៀប​តាម​លំដាប់​កើន (ឧទាហរណ៍៖ ១ ២ ៣ ឬ ក ខ គ)។</ahelp>"
#: 06100000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25395,7 +25395,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"20\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3\">Sorts in descending order (for example, 9, 8, 7 or z, y, x).</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/down3\">តម្រៀប​តាម​លំដាប់​ចុះ (ឧទាហរណ៍៖ ៩ ៨ ៧ ឬ អ ឡ ហ)។</ahelp>"
#: 06100000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25422,7 +25422,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"13\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns\">Sorts the columns in the table according to the current sort options.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/sortdialog/columns\">តម្រៀប​ជួរឈរ​នៅ​ក្នុង​តារាង​អាស្រ័យ​តាម​ជ្រើស​តម្រៀប​បច្ចុប្បន្ន។</ahelp>"
#: 06100000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25766,7 +25766,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"6\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering\">Adds line numbers to the current document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/shownumbering\">បន្ថែម​លេខ​ជួរ​ទៅកាន់​ឯកសារ​បច្ចុប្បន្ន។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25802,7 +25802,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"10\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown\">Select the formatting style that you want to use for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/styledropdown\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប៧ទ្ម​ទ្រង់ទ្រាយ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​សម្រាប់​លេខ​ជួរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25820,7 +25820,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"12\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown\">Select the numbering style that you want to use.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/formatdropdown\">ជ្រើស​រចនាប័ទ្ម​លេខរៀង​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25838,7 +25838,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"14\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown\">Select where you want the line numbers to appear.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/positiondropdown\">ជ្រើស​ទីតាំង​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​បង្ហាញ​លេខ​ជួរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25856,7 +25856,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"16\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin\">Enter the amount of space that you want to leave between the line numbers and the text.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/spacingspin\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​គម្លាត​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​នៅ​ចន្លោះ​រវាង​លេខ​ជូរ និង​អត្ថបទ។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25874,7 +25874,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"18\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin\">Enter the counting interval for the line numbers.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/intervalspin\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​ចន្លោះ​សម្រាប់​លេខ​ជួរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25910,7 +25910,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"23\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry\">Enter the text that you want to use as a separator.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/textentry\">បញ្ចូល​អត្ថបទ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ​ជា​សញ្ញា​បំបែក។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25928,7 +25928,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"25\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin\">Enter the number of lines to leave between the separators.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/linesspin\">បញ្ចូល​ចំនួន​ជួរ​ដែល​ត្រូវ​ប្រើ​នៅ​ចន្លោះ​រវាង​សញ្ញា​បំបែក។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -25973,7 +25973,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"30\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines\">Includes empty paragraphs in the line count.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/blanklines\">រួមបញ្ចូល​ទាំង​កថាខណ្ឌ​ទទេ​នៅ​ក្នុង​ចំនួន​ជួរ។</ahelp>"
#: 06180000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -26009,7 +26009,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"35\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage\">Restarts line numbering at the top of each page in the document.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\"modules/swriter/ui/linenumbering/restarteverynewpage\">ចាប់ផ្ដើម​លេខរៀង​ជួរ​ឡើងវិញ​នៅ​គ្រប់​ក្បាល​ទំព័រ​នៃ​ឯកសារ។</ahelp>"
#: 06190000.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -26331,7 +26331,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN1056F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Locate the Writer document that you want to use, and then click <emph>Open</emph>.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">រក​ទីតាំង​ឯកសារ Writer ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ប្រើ រួច​ចុច <emph>បើក</emph>។</ahelp>"
#: mailmerge01.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -26451,7 +26451,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10561\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<ahelp hid=\".\">Creates mail merge documents that you can send as an e-mail message or an e-mail attachment.</ahelp>"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<ahelp hid=\".\">បង្កើត​ឯកសារ​សំបុត្រ​សំណុំ​បែបបទ​ដែល​អ្នក​ចង់​ផ្ញើ​ជា​សារ​អ៊ីមែល ឬ​ជា​ឯកសារ​ភ្ជាប់​អ៊ីមែល។</ahelp>"
#: mailmerge02.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -27723,7 +27723,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10570\n"
"help.text"
msgid ">"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ">"
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -27739,7 +27739,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
#: mm_cusaddfie.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -27931,7 +27931,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10558\n"
"help.text"
msgid ">"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ">"
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -27947,7 +27947,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN1055F\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
#: mm_cusgrelin.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -28387,7 +28387,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10570\n"
"help.text"
msgid ">"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr ">"
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp
msgctxt ""
@@ -28403,7 +28403,7 @@ msgctxt ""
"par_idN10577\n"
"help.text"
msgid "<"
-msgstr ""
+msgstr "<"
#: mm_newaddblo.xhp
msgctxt ""